‎⁨الی القرآنEnglish level-1⁩

1
ً٘‫اىرخٍَ اىرخ‬
ٰ ‫بصً اہلل‬
Name of the book : Towards The Qur‟an

Compiler : Shamse Alam Qasmi
Assistants : Maulana Mohammad Arafat Azmi,
Nazish Anees, Uzma Maryam,
Aliyah Sabir , Hiba Fatima
Publishing Year : 2023
Pages :
Price: : Rs.__200___________
Composing :
Published By : Al-Furqan Q‟uran Centre,
Gorakhpur
Contact No. : 8860252247
2
Contents
L.N. Lessons P.N L.N. Lessons P.N.

Prepositions
Preface 7.B
‫ ا ً ٰلی‬، ‫ ىؾل ٰی‬، ‫ ف ً ٍی‬، ‫ًب‬
1. A Introductory Class 7. C Exercise
Types of words/kalima, Durood Shareef (prayer
1. B 8. A
Examples of Nouns for the Prophet PBUH)
Possessive Case
1. C Exercise 8. B
(Mudhaf-Mudhaf Ilaihi)
2.A Ta‟ooz & Tasmiya 8. C Exercise
Types of Noun by
2. B 9. A Prayer after Durood
number
Noun/Adjective
2. C Exercise 9.B
(Mausoof Sifat)
3.A Surah Al-Fatiha (V.1-4) 9. C Exercise
Feminine Noun & Jama
A comprehensive Prayer
3. B Mukassar (Broken 10. A
& Prayer after ablution
Plural)
Demonstrative Pronouns
3. C Exercise 10. B
(Asma-ul-Ishara)
4.A Surah Al-Fatiha (V. 5-7) 10. C Exercise
The objective of the
Attached & Detached revelation of the Qur'an
4. B 11. A
Pronouns (It is easy to understand
the Qur‟an)
3
4. C Exercise 11. B Nominal sentence

5.A Azaan)‫(اذاف‬ 11. C Exercise
The best thing is to learn
Feminine
5. B 12. A the Qur‟an, purity of
Pronoun
intention & prayer.
‫َض ىب‬ ‫ ىن ى ى‬، ‫ ىف ىخحى‬،‫ف ىىؿ ىو‬:‫لعفامیض‬Past
‫ ى ى‬،‫َص‬
5. C Exercise 12-B
Tense
Sana & The
6. A Glorification (Tasbeeh) 12-C Exercise
of Salah
Prepositions
6.B 13-A Surah Al-Ikhlaas
‫ ىٌ ىؽ‬،ٍَ ‫ ىؾ‬،ٍَ ًٌ ، ‫ ًؿ‬،‫ىؿ‬
‫ ىخ ًص ىب‬،ً‫ ىؾي ً ى‬،‫لعفامیض؛ ىشًٍ ىؽ‬,
6.C Exercise 13-B
Negation of Past tense
7. A Tashahhud 13-C Exercise
14-A Surah Al-Falaq 17-C Exercise
‫ىي‬
‫ ىؾؼ ىيً ىف يؿ ىو‬،‫َک ىـ‬
14-B 18-A SurahAl-Kafiroon
Past Tense (Feminine)
‫ ىٗ ٍد ًص يب‬،‫ِف‬
‫ ىی ٍغ ً ي‬،‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ ىی‬،‫ىیف ىٍؿ يو‬
14-C Exercise 18-B
Present Tense(Feminine)
15-A Surah An-Naas 18-C Exercise
Verbal sentences,
15-B 19-A Surah Al-Kausar
Emphasis in past tense
Imperative verb
15-C Exercise 19-B (Positive and Negative)
ٖ‫فؿو االٌر ك اىِہ‬
16-A Surah Al-Asr 19-C Exercise

16-B Present Tense 20-A Surah Al-Qadr
4
ً‫ ىی ٍؿ ىي ي‬،‫ ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬، ‫ ىی ٍف ىخحي‬،‫ىیف ىٍؿ يو‬

Subjective, Objective
16-C Exercise 20-B
and Infinitive Noun
17-A Surah An-Nasr 20-C Exercise
Negation of Present
Qur‟anic words and
17-B Tense
figures
‫ ٗى ٍ ي‬،‫ ٗى ٍخيي يق‬،‫َص‬
‫ْک يـ‬ ‫ ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬،‫ىیف ىٍؿ يو‬
Miscellaneous words
5
ً٘‫بصً اہلل اىرخٍَ اىرخ‬
Preface
Allah, the Exalted, created the world along with two sources of guidance for
mankind: one of them is The Holy Book of Allah and the other is noble and pious
servants of Allah. His creation has always received guidance from these two sources.
In every generation and towards every nation Allah has sent prophets and revealed
books or scriptures along with them so that the message of Allah continues to reach
the people through them. Allah also revealed a book to our prophet Muhammad
(PBUH) in the form of the Qur'an and He ordered him to recite the book to the
people. He was ordered to perform the duty of reciting it and at the same time he
should explain the interpretation clearly, and purify the people through the same
book.
For 23 years, Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) continued to perform the duty of

recitation, interpretation and purification. After him, the scholars and pious people of
this nation (Ummah), who are the heirs of the Prophet, became responsible to carry
forward this noble and blessed work of the Messenger of Allah (PBUH) and to
continue enlighten the people till the Day of Judgment. Alhamdulillah, the scholars of
this nation have continuously performed this duty, at all times.
Scholars and interpreters of all times continued the process of understanding
and teaching the Qur’an according to the circumstances of their times and used and
applied all the possible and convenient measures and approaches available at those
times. The internet available in our time facilitates education and understanding, this
was not even possible to imagine a few years ago. Alhamdulillah, in addition to the
increase in availability and the development of these resources, the interest of
people to understand the holy book of Allah has also increased. This is the reason
why different institutions have started different courses to teach translation to the
6
public, which is playing an effective role in understanding the Qur'an and bringing
people closer to it.
One such institution is "The Hyderabad Understand Qur'an Academy" which
developed a simple course on the Qur'an 11 to 12 years ago to connect people with
the Qur'an. Alhamdulillah, I got an opportunity to teach this course and have been
teaching this course continuously since 2015. For many years I taught, in association
with "Roohul-Qur'an Center, Delhi" and for the past few years, I have been teaching
at Al-Furqan Qur'an Centre Gorakhpur after shifting to Gorakhpur.
While teaching this course, the idea that a new course should be developed in a
similar pattern repeatedly came to my mind, in which special importance should be
given to the problems faced by the students earlier, so that they waste no time facing
unnecessary doubts and learn maximum in the shortest possible time. Since the
majority of students in such a course are students who have no prior Arabic
background, the teachers and interpreters face many challenges. However, keeping
past experiences in view, efforts have been made to make the course more useful
and utilised. Special consideration has been made to derive the words and phrases in
this course from the Qur’an itself and it is emphasized that the exercises are more
practical and effective.
In this course, there are about 250 words which have been used 51000 times in
the Holy Qur'an, in different forms, covering 65% of the total words in the Holy
Qur’an (which are about 78000).
This is the first book published by Al-Furqan Qur'an Center Gorakhpur. The
second part is also planned to be published soon.
I pray to Allah, the Exalted, to give me an opportunity of serving the Qur'an

with sincerity, keeping safe from all kinds of evils and corruption, providing
convenience and ease, and enriching the supporters and lovers with great reward-
Ameen!
7
Details of the Course

 This is the first part of the Arabic Grammar Course at Al-Furqan Qur'an Center
which consists of Basic Arabic Grammar. Level 1 will last for a span of
approximately one to one and a half months. Mostly, the focus will be on the
Qur’anic verses, remembrance of Allah and short prayers. It covers what every
Muslim recites five times a day in prayer (salah) and that which he recites
frequently.
 This will be followed by the second part of the course in which advanced
grammar which is essential for any student who wants to understand the
Qur'an will be taught.
 After completing these two levels of the grammar course, in the third level, the
students will be taught the translation of the complete Holy Qur’an with a brief
explanation based on the rules learned.
Important instructions
 The basic requirement of this course is that the candidate must know the
recitation of the Qur’an along with reading and writing of any one of these
languages - Urdu/Hindi/English.
 This course will be conducted online, and soon efforts are being taken to start it
offline as well, In Sha Allah.
 Classes must be joined on time. Apart from class, it is necessary to assign 30
minutes daily for revision to learn well.
 The exercises given at the end of each lesson must be completed and
submitted on time.
 Certificates will be given to successful students on completion of the course.
8
Lesson No.1 (Part – A)

Introductory Class
The aim of this course:

 To understand the Qur’an in the language of the Qur’an.
 To connect a person who believes the Qur’an to be the book of guidance, the
Qur’an.
 To teach Qur’anic Arabic in a very simple way to Muslims who recite the holy
Qur’an without understanding its meaning.
 Also, to understand the words and phrases used in the five daily prayers.
 To explain Arabic grammar thoroughly.
 To make the reader of the Qur'an realize that Allah has revealed this book for
us.
Allah says in the Qur’an ‫َعةً٘ ًّا ى ىىؿ َّيهي ًٍ ىت ٍؿلًيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ن‬
‫ اًَُّا اىٍُزى ٍى ىِاہي ي ٍُقآُا ى ى‬which means that “Indeed We
(Allah) have revealed the Qur’an in arabic so that you (all) can understand”.
Hazrat Umar Farooque (RA) says: ًٍ ‫ ىت ىؿ َّي يٍ ٍٔا اى ُّي ىغ ىث ا ٍى ىؿ ىرة ً َّ٘ ىث ىفاًُ ٌ ىہا ًٌ ٍَ دًًٍِٗهي‬which means, "Learn
Arabic language because it is a part of your religion”.
A Muslim must understand the Arabic language for two reasons:
One of them is that our Qur’an is revealed in the Arabic language and the other
is that our entire prayer (salah) from Allahu Akbar to Assalamu’alaikum is in Arabic.
You and I have gathered to learn and teach the book of Allah. So, first of all,
there are some basic facts that we should keep in our mind. The first thing that is
9
generally in the minds of Muslims is that the Qur’an is in Arabic and we do not know
this language, so how can we learn it?
Allah said about His holy book: ‫َک‬

ًِ ِّ ً ‫قٰا ىف ى‬
ٍ ‫يذ‬ ٍ َّ ‫ ىك ىى ىل ٍد ىی‬which means that We (Allah)
ٍ ‫َّسُىا ا ٍى ي‬
have certainly made the Qur’an easy for remembrance. And He repeated this verse
several times.
Presenting an example before you to explain the simplicity of the Qur’an:
The Qur'an has 30 parts, 114 chapters, 6666 verses and 78000 words. Now
see! The words have been repeated so many times that if the repeated words are
removed from the Qur'an, the number of the words will remain at only 17000. If we
learn a little Arabic grammar, there will be only 4500 words to be memorized and if
we are aware of the rule of the root and source, the number of the words will be
reduced even more and will be just 1800. SubhanAllah!
Therefore, the closer you are to the Qur’an, the easier it will be for you In sha
Allah.
Remember one Hadith: Whoever comes to Allah walking, Allah comes to him
running.
The messenger of Allah (PBUH) said, "The best among you (is the one) who
learns the Qur’an and teaches it."
Therefore, today and at this very moment, make an intention that you will
become an example for this Hadeeth.
ٍ ِّ ‫ىر ِّب زً ٍدن ً ٍی ؾًيٍٍ نا۔ ىر ِّب ىی‬

ٍ ِّ ‫َّس ىك الى يت ىؿ‬
Pray to Allah: ً ‫َّس ىك ىح ٍِّ ًٍ ةًا ٍى ىخیٍر‬
“O Allah Increase me in Knowledge. O' Allah make it easy and do not make it
difficult and make it end well.”
10
Lesson No. 1 (Part– B)

Grammar
The Qur’an is the revelation of Allah and it is the final and essential source of
knowing Allah’s likes and dislikes. Qur’an is the book of guidance which has been sent
to mankind. To understand and follow the Qur’an, it is necessary to learn and
understand the language of the Qur’an.
Any new language becomes difficult because of its grammar. As far as native
speakers are concerned, they do not need to learn the grammar of their language
because it is their mother tongue and comes naturally to them. As said by Prophet
Muhammad (PBUH) "make everything easy and don't make it difficult” (Bukhari and
Muslim).
This course aims at teaching basic grammar only to enable people to
understand the Arabic of the Qur'an easily. So, we will not confuse you with difficult
Arabic grammar from the very first day.
Initially, we will teach you Arabic grammar through words which are used
frequently in the Holy Qur’an. Later, you will gradually learn the rules that you will
need for the translation of the Qur’an, In sha Allah! Today you will learn about words
used in the Arabic language, In sha Allah!
There are three types of ‫ کىي ً ىٍث‬or Word in the Arabic language.
A word is called “‫ ”کىي ً ىٍث‬in the Arabic language. ‫ کىي ً ىٍث‬includes all Arabic words that
we read, hear or speak. It has three types: Noun (ً‫) اًش‬, Verb (‫)فِعل‬, and Article (‫)َحؼ‬ ‫ ى‬.
1. Noun (ً‫)اًش‬: The name of a person, place, thing, quality or work is called an
Ism. Like: ‫ ىزٍٗ هد‬،ً‫ يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬، ‫ ىٌ َّه يث‬،‫اب‬
‫ن ً ىخ ه‬
2. Verb (‫)فِعل‬: The word which expresses action or something happening in
past, present or future tense. Like: He hit ‫َض ىب‬
‫ ى ى‬He hits ‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬
3. Article (‫) ىَحؼ‬: All words except ً‫ اش‬and ‫ فؿو‬are called ‫َحؼ‬. These letters are
used to establish a relation between words in the sentence. That means the
words which join ً‫ اش‬and/ or ‫ فؿو‬. Like: ‫(ف ً ٍی‬in), ‫( ىؾلٰی‬on) ,‫( ىك‬and), ‫( ىٗا‬O!).
We will first read about the Noun (ً‫)اًش‬-
11
Nouns are identified by two main features. 1- Tanveen (two zabars ‘ ً ‘, two
zers ‘ ً ‘ and two pesh ‘ً ‘) in the end. 2- Al (‫ )اؿ‬in the beginning. Like: ‫ن ً ىخا نةا‬،‫اب‬
‫ ن ً ىخ ه‬،‫اب‬
‫ن ً ىخ و‬
‫اى ٍل ًه ىخ ي‬, ‫اب‬
or ‫اب‬ ‫ اى ٍل ًه ىخ ى‬,‫اب‬
ً ‫اى ٍل ًه ىخ‬
When a noun (ً‫ )اًش‬is used as a common noun, it has tanveen and when it is
particularized (proper noun), it has Al (‫)اؿ‬. Just as we use "The" for proper nouns and
use "A or An" for common nouns in English. It means the noun with Al (‫ )اؿ‬is a proper
noun and the noun with tanveen is a common noun.
All nouns having tanveen express the meaning of ‘one’, ‘a’, ‘some’ or ‘any’ in
their translation while the nouns having Al (‫ )اؿ‬do not require it.
When Al )‫ (ال‬is prefixed to a noun, the tanveen is removed from it. The noun
having Al (‫ )اؿ‬has only one zabar’ً ’, one zer’ًِ ’ or one pesh’ً ’. Tanveen and (‫)اي‬
never come together.
Proper and Common Noun
Proper Common Proper Common
َ‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍؤ ًٌ ي‬ َ‫يٌؤ ًٌ ه‬ ً‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍصي ً ي‬ ً‫يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
‫ىاىصَّ اى ً يح‬ ‫ىصاى ً هح‬ ً‫اىى َّرخ ًٍ٘ ي‬ ً‫ىرخ ً ٍ٘ ه‬
‫اى ٍى يٍ ىٓا ًجري‬ ‫يٌ ىٓا ًجري‬ ‫اىىصَّ اد يًؽ‬ ‫ىصاد هًؽ‬
Remember that tanveen and Al can not come together on a noun. Every
noun having )‫(اي‬will have only one zabar ‘ ً ‘, zer ‘ ًِ ‘ or pesh ‘ ً ‘.
ً ٍ ٍ‫اى ٍى ي‬
‫ۡش يک‬ ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬
‫ۡش هک‬ ‫اى ٍل ًه ىخ ي‬
‫اب‬ ‫ن ً ىخ ه‬
‫اب‬
‫اى ٍى يٍ ىِاف يًق‬ ‫يٌ ىِاف هًق‬ ‫اى َّر يج يو‬ ‫ىر يج هو‬
‫اى ٍىک ى ً ي‬
‫اف‬ ‫کى ً ه‬
‫اف‬ ‫اى ٍى ىٔ ىى يد‬ ‫ىكى هىد‬
Some more interesting facts we will learn in this regard in the next lesson in sha Allah
ً ‫ۡش اى يٍٍؤ ًًٌِی ٍ ىن َّاى ًذٍٗ ىَ ىی ٍؿ ىٍيي ٍٔ ىف ٰاىصَّ اى ً ىدا‬

)‫ت أى َّف ىى يٓ ًٍ أى ٍج نر ىانتًی ٍ نرا (شٔرة اال ًٍْساء‬ ‫ٍقا ىَف ىٗ ٍٓد ًٍم ى ًَّيًً ٍی ھ ً ىی أىك ىٍٔ يـ ىك ٗي ىت ِّ ي‬
ٍ ‫ِ ًَّف ْٰ ىذا اى ي‬
‫ا‬
Indeed, this Qur’an guides to what is most right and gives glad tidings to the believers
who do righteous deeds that they shall have a great reward (Surah Al-Isra).
12
Lesson No. 1 (Part– C)

Exercise
Q. 1 Convert the following common nouns to proper nouns.
‫ن ً ىخ ه‬
‫اب‬
‫ىك ٍٔ هـ‬
‫ىر يش ٍٔ هؿ‬
‫ىشب ً ٍ٘ هو‬
‫ِص هاط‬‫ًى‬
Q.2. Convert the following proper nouns into common nouns.

‫اىى َّر يج يو‬
‫قٰا يف‬ٍ ‫اى ٍى ي‬
‫ىا ٍىب ً ٍِ يج‬
‫اى ٍى ىؿاة ً يد‬
‫ىا ٍالى ٍر يض‬
Q.3 Put a tick mark ( ) against the correct answers to the following questions.
1. The day ) ( ‫ب۔ ٗى ٍٔ هـ‬ ) ( ‫ا۔ اى ٍى ى٘ ٍٔ يـ‬

2. A path ) ‫ب۔ اى ِّ ى‬
( ‫ىَص ياط‬ ) ( ‫ِص هاط‬ ‫ا۔ ً ى‬
3. The religion ) ( َ‫ىدٍٗ ي‬ ِّ ‫ب۔ اى‬ ) ( َ‫ا۔ دًٍٗ ه‬
4. A tree ) ( ‫ب۔ ىش ىج ىر هة‬ ) َّ ‫ا۔ ىا‬
( ‫ىش ىجري‬
13
Lesson No. 2 (Part– A)

‫ىت ىؿ ُّٔذ‬
Generally, when someone is taught the Arabic language, many books available in
the market are used, which in the beginning emphasize the meaning of words, i.e.
emphasis is given on vocabulary.
For vocabulary, words used for communication in everyday life are taught in these
books. For example, This is an apple. This is a pomegranate. This is a cat.
But here in this course, we will start learning Arabic with the words of prayer and
the Qur'an so that we can apply whatever we learn in our daily prayers and the
recitation of the Qur'an.
We will start with ً‫اىؾي ٍٔذي ةًاہلل‬. Allah orders us to read ً‫ اىؾي ٍٔذي ةًاہلل‬before reciting Qur’an.
ًً ٍ٘ ‫اى َّر ًج‬ َّ َ‫ًٌ ى‬

‫اىش ٍ٘ ىعا ًف‬ ً‫اىؾي ٍٔذي ةًاہلل‬
Who is rejected / I take refuge in
From the devil
the outcast Allah
‫( ىش ى٘اظًی ٍ ين‬Pl) ‫اف‬
‫ىش ٍ٘ ىع ه‬ From:ٍَ ًٌ
 Qur’an is the book of guidance. It guides us in every step of life. But Shaitan
wants to deprive us of guidance by keeping us away from the Qur’an.
 The Qur’an is a blessed book. Allah has placed all the good and blessings of this
life and the hereafter in it. Shaitan wants to deprive us of these blessings.
 The Shaitan is thrown away from the mercy of Allah because of his
disobedience. That is why he is called the outcast/rejected and now he wants
to deprive us of the mercy of Allah. Therefore, there is a need to stay away
from Shaitan.
Allah, the Exalted said, ‫اف ىلهي ًٍ ىؾ يد ٌّك ٌُّتًی هٍن‬ َّ ‫ ا ً َّف‬Indeed, The Satan is your clear enemy
‫اىش ٍ٘ ىع ى‬
and a wise man is always cautious about his enemies.
14
Tasmiyah (‫) ىت ٍصًٍ ى٘ث‬

ًً ًٍ٘ ‫اى َّرخ‬ ًَ ٍٰ ‫اى َّر ٍخ‬ ً‫بً ٍص ًً اہلل‬
The Most Merciful The Most Gracious, In (the) name of Allah,
ً٘‫ رخ‬has continuity Both ً٘‫ رخ‬and ٍَ‫رخ‬
ٰ are ‫ اى ٍش ىٍ َا هء‬Pl ً‫ا ً ٍش ه‬ ً‫ا ً ٍش‬ ‫ًب‬
in its meaning and names of attribute Like
many Arabic (for His name Allah). ‫اى ٍش ىٍ َا يءا ٍى يد ٍصى ٰی‬ Name In
words are used in The root of both is ‫رح ـ‬
similar pattern like . ٍَ‫رخ‬
ٰ has intensity in
‫ ىؾي ً ًٍ٘ ه‬،‫ ىبصً ی ٍ هر‬،‫شًٍ ٍ٘ؽه‬،
‫ىجًٍ ٍ٘ هو ى‬ its meaning. Many
Arabic words are used
on the same pattern
like
‫ ى ٍف ىخا يف‬، ‫ ىج ٍٔ ىؾا يف‬،‫ ىؾ ٍعشى ا يف‬،‫غ ٍىض ىتا يف‬
 Reciting ‫ بصً اہلل‬is the teaching before starting any work.
 The purpose of reciting ‫ بصً اہلل‬is that a person is associated with Allah in every
work. He should not live relying on his strength and external means.
 Both attributes of Allah are mentioned together.
It means Allah is so merciful that you can say “It is like a torrential rain which is
continuously falling.” Allah says, ً‫ ىال ت ٍل ىِ يع ٍٔا ًٌ ٍَ ىر ٍخ ىٍ ًث اہلل‬which means “Never despair of
Allah’s mercy.”
‫ ة ً ى‬، َ‫ک ى ً ىخهي ٍٔ ىف ًٌ ىَ ا ٍى يٍ ٍِ ًذ رٍٗ ى‬

‫يصا وف ى ى‬
)‫َعب ً وٌی ٌُّتًی ٍ ون ( شٔرة اىشؿرا‬ ُّ ‫ ُىزى ىؿ ة ًہ‬، ‫ىك اًُ َّ يہ ىىت ى ٍِزًٍٗ يو ىر ِّب ا ٍى ىؿا ىىًٍی ٍ ىن‬
‫ ىؾلٰی ىكيٍت ً ى‬، ‫اىر ٍك يح ٍاالى ًٌی ٍ ين‬
And Indeed, it (i.e the Qur'an) is the revealation of the Lord of the worlds, the
trustworthy spirit (i.e Gabriel) has brought it down upon your heart (O! Muhammad
PBUH) (so) that you may be of the warners. It is (in) clear Arabic language.
15

Grammar:
Types of Nouns by number:

You might have read two types of noun based on number in Urdu and English.
(1) Singular (2) Plural. But in Arabic language, nouns are of three types based on
number.
(1) Singular ‫كاخد‬ (2) Dual ‫حرِ٘ہ‬ (3) Plural ‫جٍؽ‬
(1) Singular noun refers to one (person or thing). Example: ‫ اىہللي‬، ‫اب‬ ‫ ن ً ىخ ه‬،‫ يٌ ٍصيًً ه‬it
means one Muslim, one book, one Allah.
(2) Dual noun refers to two (persons or things). Example: ‫ ٌٍ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬,‫ يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍی ٍ ًن‬which
means two muslims.
(3) Plural noun refers to three or more. Example: Muslims‫ يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬, ‫ يٌ ٍصيًًٍی ٍ ىن‬it means
many Muslims.
It is very easy to form dual forms i.e ‫ حرِ٘ہ‬from a singular noun in Arabic language.
First, we put Zabar َ on the last letter of the word (singular noun) and then add
‫ا ًف‬, ٍَٗ at the end.
‫ثن‬
‫ہ‬
‫ت‬ ‫وادح‬
‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍی ٍ ًن‬ ‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬ ًَ ٍٗ /‫ ا ًف‬+ ً‫يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
ًَ ٍٗ‫ک ى ًاف‬ ًَ ٍٗ /‫ ا ًف‬+

‫ى‬ ‫کى ً ى‬
‫افا ًف‬ ‫کى ً ه‬
‫اف‬
‫ىر يج ىيی ٍ ًن‬ ‫ىر يج ىَل ًف‬ ًَ ٍٗ /‫ ا ًف‬+ ‫ىر يج هو‬
‫ىج َِّ ىخی ٍ ًن‬ ‫ىج َِّ ىخا ًف‬ ًَ ٍٗ /‫ ا ًف‬+ ‫ىج َِّ هث‬
16
Dual noun with )‫(ال‬

‫ ال‬is prefixed to a dual noun for making it a proper noun:
Proper noun with ‫ال‬ Common noun
‫ اى ٍى يٍ ٍصي ً ىٍی ٍ ًن‬/ ‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬ ‫ يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍی ٍ ًن‬/ ‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬
ًَ ٍٗ‫ اى ٍىک ى ًاف‬/ ‫اى ٍىک ى ًافا ًف‬ ًَ ٍٗ‫ ک ى ًاف‬/ ‫ک ى ًافا ًف‬
‫ى‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ى‬
‫ اىى َّر يج ىيی ٍ ًن‬/ ‫اىى َّر يج ىَل ًف‬ ‫ ىر يج ىيی ٍ ًن‬/ ‫ىر يج ىَل ًف‬
‫ اى ٍى ىج َِّ ىخی ٍ ًن‬/ ‫اى ٍى ىج َِّ ىخا ًف‬ ‫ ىج َِّ ىخی ٍ ًن‬/ ‫ىج َِّ ىخا ًف‬
The rule for forming plural:
In Arabic, the rule for forming the plural is also very easy like dual.
Pesh or zer is placed at the end of a singular noun and then ‫ ٍك ىف‬or َ‫ ٍٗ ى‬is added
at the end respectively.
Plural Singular
‫يٌ ٍصيًًٍی ٍ ىن‬ ‫يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬ َ‫ ٍٗ ى‬/‫كف‬
‫ ى‬+ ً‫يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
َ‫افٍٗ ى‬
ً ً ‫کى‬ ‫کى ً ي‬
‫اف ٍك ىف‬ َ‫ ٍٗ ى‬/ ‫ ٍك ىف‬+ ‫کى ً ه‬
‫اف‬
‫ىصادًكًی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ىصادًك ٍئ ىف‬ َ‫ ٍٗ ى‬/ ‫ ٍك ىف‬+ ‫ىصاد هًؽ‬
ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬
‫ۡشنًی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ۡش ين ٍٔ ىف‬
ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬ َ‫ ٍٗ ى‬/ ‫ ٍك ىف‬+ ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬
‫ۡش هک‬
Plural Noun with ‫ال‬

‫ اي‬is prefixed at the beginning of the plural noun for making it a proper noun.
Definite (Proper) plural Indefinite (Common) plural
‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف ؍اى ٍى يٍ ٍصيًًٍی ٍ ىن‬ ‫يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف؍ يٌ ٍصيًًٍی ٍ ىن‬
َ‫افٍٗ ى‬
ً ً ‫اف ٍك ىف ؍اى ٍىک ى‬ ‫اى ٍىک ى ً ي‬ َ‫افٍٗ ى‬
ً ً ‫اف ٍك ىف ؍ک ى‬
‫کى ً ي‬
‫اىىصَّ ادًك ٍئ ىف؍اىىصَّ ادًكًی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ىصادًك ٍئ ىف ؍ ىصادًكًی ٍ ىن‬
‫ۡشنًی ٍ ىن‬ ً ٍ ٍ‫ۡش ين ٍٔ ىف ؍اى ٍى ي‬
ً ٍ ٍ‫اى ٍى ي‬ ‫ۡشنًی ٍ ىن‬ً ٍ ٌ‫ۡش ين ٍٔ ىف ؍ ي‬
ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬
17

Exercise
Q.1 Write the meaning of the following Arabic words in English

ً‫اىى َّر ًج ٍ٘ ي‬
‫ىجًٍ ٍ٘ هو‬
ً‫ا ً ٍش ه‬
ً‫اىى َّرخ ًٍ٘ ي‬
Q.2 Write the meaning of the following English words in Arabic

I seek refuge
In the name of Allah
Most Gracious
From the Shaitan
Q.3 Add ‫ ٍك ىف‬, َ‫ ٍٗ ى‬to make plural of the following nouns.
)َٗ
‫جٍؽ ( ى‬ ) ‫جٍؽ ( ٍك ىف‬ ‫كاخد‬
‫ىصاى ً هح‬
‫ىؾاة ً هد‬
‫ُى ً ه‬
‫اِص‬
‫ىصاة ً هر‬
18
Q.4 Make Dual of the following nouns.

Dual with )ًَ ٍٗ( Dual with ) ‫(ا ًف‬ Singular
َ‫يٌ ٍٔ ًٌ ه‬
‫ىكى هىد‬
ً‫ىكي هى‬
Q.5 Identify the following nouns and fill in the blanks.

‫ ىخ ً ي‬، ‫ ىصادًكًی ٍ ىن‬،‫ ىج َِّ ىخی ٍ ًن‬، ‫ يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬، ‫ىر يج ىَل ًف‬
‫ ن ً ىخ ه‬،‫ ظىاى ً ىتا ًف‬،‫ ىشا ًج هد‬،‫اْس ٍك ىف‬
‫ ىكاح ً هو‬، ‫اب‬
Dual Plural (Masculine) Singular (Masculine)
19
Surah Al-Fatiha (1- 4)
Introduction:
This surah is the first surah of the holy Qur’an. Because the holy Qur’an
opens/begins with this surah, it is called Al-Fatiha which means the opener.
There are many other names for this surah like Al Kafiyah, Ashshafiyah,
Umm-ul-Kitab, Sabi-ul-Masani which shows the importance of this surah. This
surah is so important that Allah has commanded to recite it in each & every rakaat
of the salah.
‫ا ٍى ىؿا ىىًٍی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ىر ِّب‬ ‫ِہلِل‬ ‫اى ٍى ىد ٍٍ يد‬

of the worlds (the) Lord (are) for Allah All the praise & thanks are
Lord and: ‫رب‬

‫ ىؾاى يىٍ ٍٔ ىف ىؾا ىىًٍی ٍ ىن‬pl. ً‫ىؾاى هى‬ For:‫ؿ‬
ً praise and thanks :‫ىخ ٍٍ هد‬
Sustainer
 The person who believes in Allah as His creator and sustainer must praise Allah
because Allah is not just the creator of human beings but He is also the creator
and sustainer of the universe. It is only Allah, the Exalted who is aware of each
& every need of His creatures and He takes care of and makes all arrangements
for their needs. He is the cherisher and sustainer of the world.
 Allah has bestowed countless favours and bounties upon us which we can
never repay. Therefore at least we should keep praising Allah with our tongues.
 Allah has said: “If you are grateful, I will give you more”.
20
 Allah has given us the power & the ability to pray and enabled us to stand
before Him. For all these blessings and favours we should praise Allah from the
depth of our hearts.
ًً ًٍ٘ ‫اى َّرخ‬ ًَ ٍٰ ‫اى َّر ٍخ‬

The most Merciful The most Gracious
 We have read about the virtue and importance of these attributes in the
chapter on Bismillah.
Allah has kept 99 percent of his mercy with Him and distributed only one percent
of His mercy in the world and it is because of that one per cent mercy, all creatures
love one another.
Allah has said: Verily, My mercy overcomes My wrath.
ًَ ٍٗ‫اىد‬
ِّ ً ‫ىٗ ٍٔـ‬ ‫ىٌاى ً ًک‬
of judgement (of the) day Master
The meaning of َٗ ِّ are

ً ‫اىد‬ Festival ً‫ٔـ ا ٍىؿ ًٍ٘د‬
‫ ٗى ي‬Day of ‫ ىٌاى ً ًک‬: Master
two (1) the Day of Day of :‫ٔـ ا ٍى يج يٍ ىؿ ًث‬
‫( ٗى ي‬Eid)
judgement/results (2) The Jum’ah
system of life (Islam)
Example: Deen-e-Islam
Through this verse, Allah has reminded us of the hereafter and Allah reminds us
every day in each rakat of the salah, that “O’ My servants! This world is only a
temporary abode. Here, you are the master (owner) of land and/or property, but all
this will vanish and be gone one day.
So, do not get trapped by the colours of this world and forget the hereafter.
Don’t destroy your deeds because one day very soon you have to appear before Me
and then I will award you for your good deeds and punish you for your bad deeds”.
21
‫ىن ٍص ىخ ًؿی ٍ ين‬ ‫ىكاًَّٗا ىک‬ ‫ىن ٍؿتي يد‬ ‫اًَّٗا ىک‬
We ask for help And you alone We worship You alone
The root is ْ ٚ ‫ع‬ The meaning The root of this word is ‫ع‬ The meaning of ‫ اٗا‬is
it means to help. of ‫ ك‬is 'and', ‫ ب د‬and it means to only or alone. The
and ‫ اَّٗا ىک‬is worship. These commonly meaning of ‫ ىک‬is you. =
‘you alone’. used words have the only you, you alone.
same root: ‫ عابد‬،‫معبود‬etc.
Worship is the slavery of Allah. As a slave is faithful to his master and does not
spend his life against his pleasure. In the same way, we are the slaves and servants of
Allah. Allah is our Lord and Master.
Allah has created us for His worship. We declare in each rakat of our prayers
that “You alone we worship”. But in life outside prayers, our actions are contrary to
our declaration.
If we face any difficulty/obstacle in worshipping Allah, we are commanded to

seek Allah’s help saying "O' Allah this servant of yours wants to follow and obey your
order with complete devotion. But there is an obstacle in front of me, I pray you
remove it." If the servant is true in his supplication, Allah will accept his prayer and
show him the right path.
The person who has the Qur’an in his heart i.e memorized it, will not go to
hell.
Hazrat Oqba Bin Amir Johani (RA) narrated that the Prophet (PBUH) said:
‘‘‫اب ذ ي ًَّ أيىق ىًی فًی اى َِّارً ى ىىٍا ا ٍخت ى ىر ىؽ‬

‫ٍىق َا يف فًی إ ىْ و‬ ‫’’ ٍىٔ ک ى ى‬
ٍ ‫اف ا ي‬
If the Qur’an is preserved in a cover of leather i.e.(heart) and is put into a fire, it
will not burn. (Narrated by Ahmad and Abu Yala).
22
Lesson No.3 (PART – B)

Grammar
Feminine nouns and Jama Mukassar (Broken Plural)
In the previous lesson, we read masculine nouns. In this lesson, we will learn to form
a feminine noun from a masculine noun.
Feminine Noun:
The symbol ‫ ة‬is added at the end of a masculine noun for making it a feminine noun
and this symbol is an identifying feature of a feminine noun. For example:
Feminine Masculine
‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ هث‬ ً‫يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
‫کى ً ى‬
‫اف هة‬ ‫اف‬‫کى ً ه‬
‫ىؾاة ً ىد هة‬ ‫ىؾاة ً هد‬
‫ۡش ىن هث‬
ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬ ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬
‫ۡش هک‬
‫ىصاى ً ىد هث‬ ‫ىصاى ً هح‬
‫ىصاد ً ىك هث‬ ‫ىصاد هًؽ‬
Feminine noun with ‫ال‬

‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍصي ً ىٍ يث‬ ‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ هث‬
‫اى ٍىک ى ً ى‬
‫افةي‬ ‫کى ً ى‬
‫اف هة‬
‫ىا ٍى ىؿاة ً ىدةي‬ ‫ىؾاة ً ىد هة‬
‫ۡش ىن يث‬
ً ٍ ٍ‫اى ٍى ي‬ ‫ۡش ىن هث‬
ً ٍ ٌ‫ي‬
‫اىىصَّ اى ً ىد يث‬ ‫ىصاى ً ىد هث‬
‫اىىصَّ اد ً ىك يث‬ ‫ىصاد ً ىك هث‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪The rule for making plural from the feminine noun:‬‬
‫‪ is added at the end of the feminine noun. For‬ات ‪ is removed and‬ة ‪The round taa‬‬
‫‪example:‬‬
‫جٍؽ ٌؤُد )‪(Plural Feminine‬‬ ‫كاخد ٌؤُد )‪(Singular Feminine‬‬

‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ ه‬
‫ات‬ ‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ هث‬
‫ات‬ ‫کى ً ى‬
‫اف ه‬ ‫کى ً ى‬
‫اف هة‬
‫ات‬
‫ىؾاة ً ىد ه‬ ‫ىؾاة ً ىد هة‬
‫ۡشک ى ه‬
‫ات‬ ‫يٌ ٍ ً‬ ‫ۡش ىن هث‬
‫يٌ ٍ ً‬
‫ىصاى ً ىد ه‬
‫ات‬ ‫ىصاى ً ىد هث‬
‫ىصادًك ه‬
‫ىات‬ ‫ىصاد ً ىك هث‬
‫ىج َِّ ه‬
‫ات‬ ‫ىج َِّ هث‬
‫ات‬
‫آ ىٗ ه‬ ‫آ ىٗ هث‬
‫ال ‪Feminine plural with‬‬

‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍصي ً ىٍاتي‬ ‫يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ هث‬
‫اى ٍىک ى ً ى‬
‫افاتي‬ ‫کى ً ى‬
‫اف هة‬
‫اى ٍى ىؿاة ً ىداتي‬ ‫ىؾاة ً ىد هة‬
‫ۡشکىاتي‬
‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍ ً‬ ‫ۡش ىن هث‬
‫يٌ ٍ ً‬
‫اىىصَّ اى ً ىداتي‬ ‫ىصاى ً ىد هث‬
‫اىىصَّ ادًكىاتي‬ ‫ىصاد ً ىك هث‬
‫ىا ٍى ىج َِّاتي‬ ‫ىج َِّ هث‬
‫اى ٍ‪ ٙ‬ىٗاتي‬ ‫آ ىٗ هث‬
24
Types of plural:
Plurals are of two types 1. Solid plural (ً‫ )جٍؽ شاى‬2. Broken plural (‫)جٍؽ ٌهَّس‬.
So far, we have read Solid plural /ً‫ جٍؽ شاى‬.
It has two types. 1.ً‫ جٍؽ ٌذَک شاى‬/ Solid masculine plural which is formed by
adding ‫ كف‬and َٗ at the end of a singular noun. Example: ‫و ج ىؾا ًٌيي ٍٔ ىف ىؾا ًٌيًی ٍ ىن‬
‫ىؾا ًٌ ه‬
2. ً‫ جٍؽ ٌؤُد شاى‬/ Solid feminine plural which is formed by adding )‫ (ات‬at the end of a
singular noun. Examples: ‫ت‬‫ يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا و‬،‫ات‬
‫ يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ هث ج يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ ه‬. In both of these kinds, the singular
noun’s structure remains as it is.
The plurals having similar patterns/structure/form are calledً‫ جٍؽ شاى‬.
On contrary to it, the plural which does not accept ) ‫ ات‬،َٗ ،‫(كف‬, is called‫ جٍؽ ٌهَّس‬.
 ‫ جٍؽ ٌهَّس‬does not have any particular rule for its formation, instead, it has some
patterns.
 We recognize them by identifying their patterns and it is not difficult. The more
we read, the more we will be able to identify them. In sha Allah
However, some patterns are given here for your satisfaction:
‫ أى ىشاح ىًذ هة‬،‫ ىٌ ىصا ًج يد‬،‫اؿ‬ ‫ اى ٌٍ ىٔ ه‬،‫ اى ٍز ىك هاج‬،‫ ير يش هو‬،‫ينخ هيب‬

‫ ًج ىت ه‬،‫ ؾ ىًتا هد‬،‫ اىغٍِ ىً٘ َا يء‬،‫ يؾي ىىٍ َا يء‬،‫ يش ىٓ ىد َا يء‬،‫ يكيي ٍٔ هب‬، ‫ ة ي ي٘ ٍٔ هت‬،‫ات‬
We can make a sentence by joining two nouns together.
The book is new ‫اى ٍل ًه ىخ ي‬
‫اب ىج ًدٍٗ هد‬
The house is old ً‫اى ٍىب ى ٍ٘ يج ىك ًدٍٗ ه‬
The girl is pious/righteous ‫اى ٍىب ً ٍِ يج ىصاى ً ىد هث‬
The man is pious/righteous ‫اىرَّج يو ىصاى ً هح‬
The believing woman is truthful ‫ىا ٍى يٍ ٍؤ ًٌ ىِ يث ىصاد ً ىك هث‬
25
Lesson No. 3 (Part – C)

Exercise
Q.1 Write the meaning of the following words.

‫ىخ ٍٍ هد‬
‫ىؾا ىىًٍی ٍ ىن‬
‫ىٌاى ً هک‬
‫ىٗ ٍٔ هـ‬
‫ىر ٌّب‬
Q.2 Change the following masculine nouns into feminine nouns and
also write their feminine plural
‫ىصاة ً هر‬
‫ىؾا ًٌ هو‬
‫ىشا ًج هد‬
‫ُى ً ه‬
‫اِص‬
‫ظىاى ً هب‬
26
Q.3 Add)‫ ( ال‬to the following feminine nouns.

With )‫( اؿ‬ Feminine nouns
‫يٌؤ ًٌ ىِ ه‬
‫ات‬
‫ىؾا ًٌ ىَل هت‬
‫ىؾاى ً ىٍ ه‬
‫ات‬
‫کىي ً ىٍ ه‬
‫ات‬
‫ظىاى ً ىت ه‬
‫ات‬
‫ات‬
‫ىخ ىص ىِ ه‬
Q.4 Match the following singular nouns given in Column A with

their Broken Plurals given in B
(B) (A)
‫يكيي ٍٔ هب‬ ‫اب‬‫ن ً ىخ ه‬
‫ىٌ ىصا ًج يد‬ ‫ىر يش ٍٔ هؿ‬
‫ة ي ي٘ ٍٔ هت‬ ‫ىٌ ٍصجً هد‬
‫ينخ هيب‬ ‫ةى ٍ٘ هج‬
‫ير يش هو‬ ‫ىكي هٍب‬
27

ً ‫صً اہللً اى َّر ٍخ ٍٰ ًَ اىر‬
ً٘‫َّخ‬ ً ً‫َّجً٘ ب‬
ً ‫اىش٘عا ًف اىر‬
ٍ ٌَ ‫أ يؾ ٍٔذي ةًاہللً ى‬
‫اَمْیِقَتْسُمْل‬ ‫ِّ ى‬
‫اىَص ىاط‬ ‫ا ً ٍْ ًدُىا‬
the straight to the path guide us
Uprightness means ‫ا ً ٍشخ ً ىلا ىٌ هث‬ To lead towards a direction ‫ْي ندم ْ ً ىدا ىٗ نث‬
The most important prayer of human life is the prayer for guidance. We need
the guidance of the straight path in everything we do.
There are various levels of guidance. The prophets (peace be upon them) are
at the highest level. But despite of that Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) prayed for the
same in every prayer.
Where will we find guidance to the straight path? Allah has explained the path
of guidance in the Qur’an. The entire Qur’an ً‫ اى‬to ‫ شٔرةاىِاس‬is an
interpretation/explanation of guidance.
ًٍ ً‫ىؾي ٍى٘ہ‬ ‫ىا ٍن ىؿ ٍٍ ىج‬ َ‫َّاى ًذٍٗ ى‬ ‫ًى‬
‫ِص ىاط‬
on them you (have) bestowed
(of) those (the) path
favors
‫ ىؾلٰی‬on ‫ا ً ٍن ىؿ هاـ‬: Favour َ‫ اى َّى ًذٍٗ ى‬pl. ‫اى َّىػ ًذ ٍم‬
ًٍ ‫ ْي‬Them The path of those
Allah has told us the easy way to achieve guidance, saying that if you want to
be on the straight path, you must follow the path of those who are rewarded
servants.
Who are the rewarded servants? Allah says in the Qur’an:
‫اىش ىٓ ىد َا ًء ىك اىصَّ اى ً ًدی ٍ ىن ىك ىخ يص ىَ ايكىٰٓئ ً ى‬
)69‫ک ىرف ًٍ٘ نلا (اىِصاء‬ ‫ک ىٌ ىؽ َّاى ًذٍٗ ىَ اى ٍن ىؿ ىً ا ي‬
ِّ ‫ہلل ىؾي ٍىً٘ٓ ًٍ ٌِّ ىَ اى َِّب ً ِّ٘ی ٍ ىن ىك‬
‫اىص ِّد ٍیلًی ٍ ىن ىك ي‬ ‫أيكىٰٓئ ً ى‬
That means we have been instructed to follow the path of the prophets, the
truthful, the martyrs and the righteous people.
28
 Every man considers someone as his role model for achieving success. We
should consider these guided servants of Allah as our role models.
‫اىض َا ِّىی ٍ ىن‬
َّ ‫ىكالى‬ ًٍ ً‫ىؾي ٍى٘ہ‬ ‫اى ىٍٍ ٍغ يض ٍٔ ًب‬ ً ‫غىیٍر‬
And nor (of) those who on them (of) those who not
are misguided earned (your) wrath
‫ضا ِّىی ٍ ىن‬،
‫ ىضا ُّى ٍٔ ىف ى‬pl ‫اؿ‬
ٌّ ‫ىض‬ Them ًٍ ً ْ on ‫ىؾلٰی‬ Not/except
 In the above verse, we pray to follow the path of good and pious people.
In it, the shelter of Allah has been sought to avoid the way of people who went
astray.
 O’Allah save us from the path of those servants of yours who earned your
wrath and on whom you sent down your punishment and let not follow the
path of those who went astray.
 People who earned wrath are those rebellious ones who intentionally do not
act according to the orders of Allah and as the result, they earn the wrath of
Allah and the misguided people are those who go astray from the straight path.
 A nobleman always avoids the company of bad people.
An Incomparable Surah
Hazrat Abu Huraira narrates (RA). He said that Ubai Bin Kaab (RA) recited Surah
Fatiha before the Prophet of Allah (PBUH). On this the prophet (PBUH) said:
ٍ ‫اىِفكىا ًف ًٌ ٍر ىي ىٓا اًُ َّ ىٓا ى‬ ً ٍ ‫ہلل ف ً ٍی اى َّخ ٍٔراة ً ىك ىال ف ً ٍی‬ َّ

‫ىصت هؽ ًٌ ٍَ ى‬
‫اىٍ ىران ً ٍی‬ ٍ ‫االٍُجً ٍ٘ ًو ىك ىال ف ً ٍی اىزَّةئرً ىك ىال ف ً ٍی ي‬ ‫ذم ن ٍفسًی ة ً ى٘ ًدہ ً ىٌا اىُزى ىؿ ا ي‬
ٍ ‫كاى‬
“By the One in whose hand is my soul, nothing like it has been revealed in the Torah,
nor the gospel, nor the Psalms, nor the Qur’an. Verily, they are the seven oft-
repeated verses and the great Quran given to me.” (Narrated by Tirmizi)
29
Lesson No.4 (Part– B)

Grammar
Today, In sha Allah, you will learn 8 pronouns (‫ ) ىضًٍیر‬used in the Arabic language.
These pronouns have been used in the Qur'an about 1300 times.
The word used in place of a noun is called Pronoun/‫ ىضًٍیر‬. The plural of ‫ ىضًٍیر‬is
‫ ىض ىٍائ ًر‬. For: "I was going to Zaid’s house but he met me on the way. Here ‘I’ and ‘he’
are two Pronouns.”
Detached Pronouns:
He ٔ‫ْي ى‬
They (two) ‫ْي ىٍا‬
They (all) ًٍ ‫ْي‬
You ‫أىُ ٍ ىج‬
You (two) ‫أىٍُخ ىيٍا‬
You (all) ‫أىْمُتْن‬
I ‫أىُىا‬
We َ‫ُ ى ٍد ي‬
Some letters in Arabic have meanings and they are very common and are frequently
used as words. You will learn two of them today. They are ’‫ ’ك‬and ‘‫’ؼ‬.
The meaning of ‫ ك‬is ‘And’ The meaning of ‫ ؼ‬is ‘So’/ ‘Thus’
So/ Thus he ٔ‫ ىف يٓ ى‬And he ٔ‫ىكْي ى‬

So/ Thus they (two) ‫ ىف يٓ ىٍا‬And they (two) ‫ىكْي ىٍا‬
So/Thus they (all) ًٍ ٓ‫ ىف ي‬And they (all) ًٍ ‫ىكْي‬
So/ Thus you ‫ ىف ىاُ ٍ ىج‬And you ‫ىكاىُ ٍ ىج‬
30
So/ Thus you (two) ‫ ىف ىاٍُخ ىيٍا‬And you (two) ‫ىكاىٍُخ ىيٍا‬
So/ Thus you (all) ‫ ىف ىاْمُتْن‬And you (all) ‫ىكاىْمُتْن‬
So/ Thus I ‫ ىف ىاُىا‬And I ‫ىكاىُىا‬
So/ Thus we َ‫ ىف ىِ ٍد ي‬And we َ‫ىكُ ى ٍد ي‬
It has already been described that two nouns join to make a sentence. Similarly, a
sentence can also be made by combining a noun and a pronoun.
He is a Muslim ً‫ْي ىٔ يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬

They both are Muslims ‫ْي ىٍا يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬
They(all) are Muslims ‫ْي ًٍ يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
You are a Muslim ً‫أىُ ٍ ىج يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
You both are Muslims ‫اىٍُخ ىيٍا يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬
You (all) are Muslims ‫أىْمُتْن يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
I am a Muslim ً‫أىُىا يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
We are Muslims ‫ُ ى ٍد يَ يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
Now see the changed forms of the same pronouns.
Attached pronouns:
His/Him ‫ہ‬
Their/Them (Two) ‫ْي ىٍا‬
Their/Them (Three or more) ًٍ ‫ْي‬
You/Your ‫ىک‬
You/Your (two) ‫ين ىٍا‬
You/Your (three or more) ًٍ ‫ين‬
Me/My ‫م‬/
ٍ ‫نًی‬
Us/Our ‫ُىا‬
31
Use of Pronouns with nouns

These pronouns can be attached at the end of a noun, verb or particle for example:
With noun: ًٍ ٓ‫ ىرةُّ ي‬،‫ ىرةُّ يٓ ىٍا‬،‫ىرةُّ يہ‬
‫ ىن ى ى‬، ‫َصْي ىٍا‬

With verb: ًٍ ‫َصْي‬ ‫ ىن ى ى‬، ‫َصہ‬
‫ىن ى ى‬
With preposition: ًٍ ٓ‫ ىى ي‬،‫ ىى يٓ ىٍا‬, ‫ىىّي‬
For easy pronunciation, ًٍ ‫ ْي‬،‫ ْيٍا‬،‫ ہي‬is also read as )ًٍ ً ْ ،‫ ْ ً ىٍا‬،ً‫ (ہ‬and does not have any
difference in the meaning.
First, practice these pronouns combining them with nouns. For example
‫ ن ً ىخ ه‬،َ‫ دًٍٗ ه‬،‫( ىر ٌّب‬
) ‫ ةى ٍ٘ هج‬،‫اب‬
His Lord ‫ىرةُّہ‬
Their Lord (Two) ‫ىرةُّ يٓ ىٍا‬
Their Lord (Three or more) ًٍ ٓ‫ىرةُّ ي‬
Your Lord ‫ک‬‫ىرةُّ ى‬
Your Lord (Two) ‫ىرةُّهي ىٍا‬
Your Lord (Three or more) ًٍ ‫ىرةُّهي‬
My Lord ‫ىرب ِّ ٍی‬
Our Lord ‫ىرةُّ ىِا‬
‫ةى ٍیخيہ‬ ‫ن ً ىخاةيہ‬ ‫دًٍِٗي يہ‬

‫ةى ٍی يخ يٓ ىٍا‬ ‫ن ً ىخاة ي يٓ ىٍا‬ ‫دًٍِٗي يٓ ىٍا‬
ًٍ ٓ‫ةى ٍی يخ ي‬ ًٍ ‫ن ً ىخاة ي يہ‬ ًٍ ٓ‫دًٍِٗي ي‬
‫ک‬‫ةى ٍی يخ ى‬ ‫ک‬‫ن ً ىخاة ي ى‬ ‫ک‬‫دًٍِٗي ى‬
‫ةى ٍی يخهي ىٍا‬ ‫ن ً ىخاةيهي ىٍا‬ ‫دًٍِٗيهي ىٍا‬
ًٍ ‫ةى ٍی يخهي‬ ًٍ ‫ن ً ىخاةيهي‬ ًٍ ‫د ًٍِٗيهي‬
‫ةى ًًٍ٘ ٍی‬ ‫ن ً ىخاب ً ٍی‬ ‫دًٍٗىً ٍی‬
‫ةى ٍیت ي ىِا‬ ‫ن ً ىخاة ي ىِا‬ ‫دًٍِٗي ىِا‬
32
Today you have learnt the pronouns of both kinds. Some pronouns come
at the beginning of the sentence and a common noun is used after them. It
makes sense and completes the sentence.
Others are always attached at the end of some word and their translation
shows possession and it does not make sense i.e., the sentence remains
incomplete.
Now let’s consider pronouns of both the type:

He is Lord ‫ْي ىٔ ىر ٌّب‬
You are truthful ‫اىُ ٍ ىج ىصاد هًؽ‬
They are Muslims ‫ْي ًٍ يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
Both of you are pious ‫اىٍُخ ىيٍا ىصاى ً ىدا ًف‬
I am a messenger ‫اىُىا ىر يش ٍٔ هؿ‬
We are teachers ‫ُ ى ٍد يَ يٌ ىؿ ِّي يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
His Lord ‫ىرةُّہ‬

Your book ‫ن ً ىخاة ي ى‬
‫ک‬
Their house ًٍ ٓ‫ةى ٍی يخ ي‬
Your religion (Two) ‫دًٍِٗيهي ىٍا‬
My Messenger ‫ىر يش ٍٔل ًی‬
Our teacher ‫يٌ ىؿ ِّي يٍ ىِا‬
33
Lesson No.4 (Part– C)

Exercise
Q.1 Write the meaning of the following words in English

Meaning Words
‫ًى‬
‫ِص هاط‬
‫غ ىىض هب‬
‫اؿ‬
ٌّ ‫ىض‬
‫اى َّى ًذ ٍم‬
ً‫يٌ ٍص ىخل ًٍ٘ ه‬
Q.2 Translate the following sentences into Arabic

And both of you are believers
His Lord
Your religion
Thus, you are worshippers
And your religion
And their (two) book
34
Q.3 Complete the table first with detached pronouns ) ًٍ ‫ ْي‬،‫ ْي ىٍا‬،ٔ‫ (ْي ى‬and
then with‫ و‬and ‫ؼ‬. Also write the translation of the first column.
ٔ‫ىف يٓ ى‬ ٔ‫ىك ْي ى‬ He ٔ‫ْي ى‬
Q.4 Complete the table of attached pronouns ( ًٍ ‫ ْي‬، ‫ ْي ىٍا‬، ‫ ) ہي‬combining ،ً‫ا ً ٍش ه‬
َ‫ دًٍٗ ه‬and ‫ ةى ٍ٘ هج‬and write the translation of the first column:
‫ةى ٍیخيہ‬ ‫ا ً ٍش يٍہ‬ His religion ‫دًٍِٗيہ‬
35
Lesson No.5 (Part– A)

Azaan
In this lesson, you will learn the words of Azaan.

All of us have been hearing Azaan since our childhood. Azaan is an identity of
Islam; therefore, Azaan should be called in a very beautiful manner so that the heart
of the listener is inclined towards the mosque. We should teach Azaan to our
children.
‫اىہللي ا ى ٍنبىري‬ ‫اىہللي ا ى ٍنبىري‬

Allah is the greatest Allah is the greatest
The meaning of ‫ ىنتًی ٍ هر‬is great and of ‫ ا ى ٍنبىري‬is greater than or the greatest like the
meaning of ‫ ىصغًی ٍ هر‬is small and the meaning of ‫ اى ٍص ىغري‬is smaller or smallest. Similarly,
)‫ أ ى ٍنثىري‬،ً‫ أ ى ٍؾ ىي ي‬، َ‫ (اى ٍخ ىص ي‬are derived from ) ‫ ىنرًی ٍ هر‬، ً‫ ىؾي ً ٍ٘ ه‬، َ‫ ( ىخ ىص ه‬respectively.
 Allah is the greatest. Allah is the greatest of all. The Mu’azin (the person who
calls the Azaan) declares and proclaims the magnificence and glory of Allah five
times daily from the minaret of the mosque:
O’ people, if you have declared that Allah is the greatest and the declaration of
His greatness has reached your ears, you should now come to the mosque believing
Him to be the greatest. If we ignore this call to be busy with our work and not go to
the mosque, it will mean that other things are more important to us than Allah.
‫ا ً َّال اہللي‬ ‫َّال اًى ٰ ىہ‬ ‫ىا ٍف‬ ‫اى ٍش ىہ يد‬

But Allah There is no God That I bear witness
The meaning of ‫ ٰاى ً ىٓ هہ‬p.‫اًى ٰ هہ‬ The words ‫ ىش ىہا ىد هة‬and ‫ىشاہ ً هد‬
‫ ا ً َّال‬is ‘but or are derived from the same
except’ root.
36
 We believe in the Kalima ‫ ا ً َّال اہلل ىال اًى ٰ ىہ‬and have faith in it and on this basis, we are
called Muslims. And we are reminded of this in every Azaan.
 We should consider whether we only give a verbal testimony of faith or our
actions and behaviour also prove it.
 This should be kept in mind that our testimony and faith in Allah will only be
true when our actions also prove that we truly believe in the oneness of Allah
and follow His orders.
ً‫َّر يش ٍٔ يؿ ا ہلل‬ ‫يٌ ىد ٍَّ ندا‬ ‫اى َّف‬ ‫اى ٍش ىہ يد‬

(Is the) Messenger Mohammad (PBUH) That Verily I bear
of Allah witness
‫ ىر يش ٍٔ هؿ‬means The word Mohammad is
messenger, its derived from the Arabic word
plural is ‫و‬
‫ير يش ه‬ ‫ ىخ ٍٍ هد‬and it means the one who
is abundantly praised.
 Similarly, we also testify, that Muhammad (PBUH) is the messenger of Allah
means we believe in his teachings completely we take Muhammad (PBUH) as
our role model and make sure we follow his teachings and our testimony is not
just a verbal testimony.
ً‫وى َّی ىؾل ىی ا ٍى ىفَلىح‬ ً ‫وى َّی ىؾل ىی اىصَّ ئٰة‬
Come to success Come to prayer (salaah)
 The call (Azaan) says to come to prayer and not offer prayer or pray. It means
come to the mosque to offer prayer. For men prayers in congregation are the
actual complete prayers. The prayers offered at home are incomplete unless
there is a compulsion.
 If you come for prayers, there will be a success for you. Allah has made prayers
the key to success in the world and hereafter. A person who prays on time and
is punctual is also punctual in all his work and the biggest secret of success in
this world is the proper use of time.
37
 Today’s modern science has described many physical advantages of Salaah. We

get spiritual peace through prayers which today's man is deprived of. During
prayer, man is closest to his Lord.
Here is the additional sentence in the prayer of Fajr:

ً ‫ٌِّ ىَ اى َِّ ٍٔـ‬ ‫ىخی ٍ هر‬ ‫ئةي‬
ٰ َّ‫اىىص‬
Than Sleep is better Prayer
Sleeping at the time of Fajr is harmful to our bodies.

 Today Muslims are habitual of sleeping late at night and getting up late in the
morning. Late dinner has become a fashion for modern Muslims.
 You will find people walking early in the morning in non-Muslim societies.
Whereas Muslims are accustomed to waking up after sunrise. So, give it a
thought, who would achieve success?
 This is a beautiful sentence in Arabic language. You can make several
sentences of similar type by adding two nouns back and forth. For example:
‫ٍق َا يف ىخی ٍ هر ٌِّ ىَ ا ٍلهيخ ًيب‬
ٍ ‫ اىى ي‬The Qur’an is the best of all books. ‫ ىخاى ً هد ىخی ٍ هر ٌِّ ٍَ ىخا ًٌ ود‬Khalid is better
than Hamid.
Narrated by Hazrat Anas Bin Malik (RA) that the prophet of Allah (PBUH)
said:
َّ
‫ٍق َا يف ٗى ٍٔ ىـ ا ٍىل ىً٘ا ىٌ ًث ىن َّت يہ اہللي فًی اى َِّارً ىؾلٰی‬ ٍ ‫ٍق َا يف ىشاف ً هؽ يٌشى ف هؽ ىك ىٌا خ ً هو يٌ ىص َّد هؽ ىٌ ٍَ ىش ىف ىؽ ىى يہ اى ي‬
ٍ ‫ك ى ىٌ ٍَ ىٌ ىد ىو ة ً ًہ اى ي‬، ‫ٍق َا يف ٗى ٍٔ ىـ ا ٍىل ىً٘ا ىٌ ًث ُ ى ىجا‬ ٍ ‫’’ اىى ي‬
‘‘ًّ‫ىك ٍجہ‬
)‫صِف‬
ً ٍ‫اى‬
‫(ركاہ اة يَ شیتث فی ي‬
The Qur’an is an intercessor whose intercession will be accepted and a true
affirmer, whoever is interceded by the Qur’an on the day of judgement will be
saved, and the one against whom the Qur’an affirms will be thrown on his face
into the fire by Allah.
38

Grammar
The Pronoun of Feminine Gender
 Earlier you have learnt about eight pronouns َ‫ ُ ى ٍد ي‬، ‫ اىُىا‬، ‫ اىْمُتْن‬،‫ اىٍُخ ىيٍا‬،‫ اىُ ٍ ىج‬،ًٍ ‫ ْي‬، ‫ ْي ىٍا‬،ٔ‫ْي ى‬
 Among these, the first-person pronouns ‫ ىاُىا‬and َ‫ ُ ى ٍد ي‬and the pronoun for duals
‫ ْي ىٍا‬،‫ اىٍُخ ىيٍا‬are used for both males and females.
 Today you will learn one pronoun of the feminine gender. It is used in many
places in the Qur’an. You will learn the rest of the pronouns later on.
‫ھ ً ىی‬ ٔ‫ْي ى‬
‘She’ ‘He’
 You have learnt the second form of ٔ‫ ْي ى‬which is the attached pronoun ‫ہ‬-.
Attached pronouns are suffixed at the end of a noun or a verb.
 In the same way, the other form of ‫ ھ ً ىی‬is ‫ىْا‬
His / Him ‫ہ‬
It / Her ‫ىْا‬
 Now let us attach the pronouns ‫ ہ‬and ‫ ىْا‬to a noun.
Feminine: ‫ٌؤُد‬ Masculine: ‫ٌذَک‬
Her Lord ‫ىرةُّ ىٓا‬ His Lord ‫ىرةُّہ‬
Her religion ‫دًٍِٗي ىٓا‬ His religion ‫دًٍِٗيہ‬

Her book ‫ن ً ىخاة ي ىہا‬ His book ‫ن ً ىخاةيہ‬
Her house ‫ةى ٍی يخ ىٓا‬ His house ‫ةى ٍیخيہ‬
39
Let us understand one very important point here:

The pronouns ‫ َ٘ب‬and ‫ی‬
َ ِ٘ are not used for women everywhere. There are many
nouns which are not feminine in appearance, but they are used as feminine in the
Arabic language.
Let us understand this in English.
We say, “I must return to my motherland. She is calling me.” Here ‘She’ is used
for ‘motherland’. Similarly, Country and earth are also considered to be feminine in
English whereas Sun, Moon, Storm etc are considered to be masculine nouns.
However, ‘It’ is used more commonly in place of such nouns instead of ‘he’ or
‘she’.
Similarly, here are some nouns in Arabic language which are although not
feminine in appearance but they are used as feminine nouns, like the words ‫ أ ى ٍر هض‬and
‫ ُ ى هار‬we say ‫ اى ٍر هض ىنتًی ٍ ىر هة ىك ُ ى هار يٌ ٍؤك ىىد هة‬which means Earth is big and a burning fire. These words
have no feminine appearance nor do they have any symbol for feminine nouns
(described below) but their predicate and adjective used are feminine. Such nouns
are called‫امسیعومثنہ‬in Arabic language.
Similarly, there are many other words which are used as feminine. You will
gradually come to know them. In sha Allah.
Main symbols for identification of feminine nouns:
‫ ک ى ً ى‬،‫ يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍثه‬،‫يٌؤ ًٌ ىِثه‬

01. The symbol ‫ ح‬at the end: ‫اف هة‬
02. The symbol ‫ِٰم‬at the end: ‫ يخ ٍصى ٰی‬،‫ۡشم‬ ٰ ٍ ‫ بي‬،‫ينب ٍ ٰرم‬
03. The symbol ‫ ٓاء‬at the end: ‫ْض َا يء‬‫ ىخ ٍ ى‬،‫ِفآ يء‬ ‫ ىص ٍ ى‬،‫ةى ٍ٘ ىض َا يء‬
Hazrat Abu Darda (RA) says:

If I am unable to understand the meaning of any verse of the Qur’an and there
is no one to explain it except for one man who is in Birakul Ghimad, I will travel to
him for it.
The narrator Al Jamiul Kabeerul Suyuti (R.A) says that Birakul Ghimad is the last valley
of Yemen.
40

Exercise
Q.1. Write the meaning of the words.

‫ا ى ٍنبىري‬
‫اًى ٰ هہ‬
‫اى َّف‬
‫ف ىىَل هح‬
‫ُ ى ٍٔ هـ‬
‫ىصئٰ هة‬
Q.2. Translate the following sentences into Arabic.

Her house
We are pious women
And her religion
Her Lord is Allah
Her religion is Islam
Q.3. Translate the following sentences into English

‫ھ ً ىی ىصاى ً ىد هث‬
‫ىك ھ ً ىی يٌؤ ًٌ ىِ هث‬
‫ىك ىكي يىٍ ىٓا‬
‫ىف ىاُىا يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ هث‬
‫ىفًٓ ىٖ ىصاد ً ىك هث‬
41
Sana and the Tasbeeh (Chants) of the prayers

‫ىك ىح ىت ىار ىک‬ ‫ىك ة ً ىد ٍٍد ىًک‬ ًَّ ٓ‫اى ّٰي ي‬ ‫يش ٍت ىداُ ى ىک‬
And blessed is And with your praise O’ Allah Glorified are you
‫ىغیٍري ىک‬ ‫ىك ىالاًى ٰ ىہ‬ ‫ىك ىت ىؿالٰی ىج ُّد ىک‬ ‫ک‬
‫اش يٍ ى‬
ٍ
Other than you There is no god And exalted is your your name
Majesty
‫ ٰاى ً ىٓ هث‬pl ‫اًى ٰ هہ‬ Almighty Allah ‫ا ً ٍش هً ج اى ٍش ىٍا هء‬
 In prayers (Salah) we glorify and praise Allah (SWT) frequently. Today you will
know the Tasbeeh i.e., ً‫ يشتداف اہلل‬and Hamd i.e., ‫ اىدٍ يدہلل‬and the words similar to
them. Tasbeeh means that Allah is free from all defects. This means He has no
defect in His being or His attributes. He is free from all kinds of faults or
defects.
It is essential for every Muslim that he must glorify Allah with firm belief and he
should not have anything negative in his heart in connection with Allah. For
example, some say: “I establish prayer and I also fast and Allah sends calamity
on me. My grievances do not end even though, I do zikr like ً‫ يش ٍت ىداف اہلل‬and ‫اى ٍى ىد ٍٍ يدى ً ّٰيہ‬
etc”. Such complaints go against Tasbeeh.
That means that this servant of Allah is not pleased and satisfied with Allah’s
decision. He has doubts in his heart. If a servant of Allah glorifies Him with such
thoughts, what kind of glorification that would be?
After Tasbeeh (ً‫اف اہلل‬
‫ ) يش ٍت ىد ى‬lets know about Hamd (‫)اى ٍى ىد ٍٍ يدہلل‬. Hamd means ‘praise’. It
is to describe the attributes of Allah. Remembering Allah with each & every good
42
attribute and being pleased with all His decisions and thanking Him for His countless
blessings is ‘Hamd’.
Ruku i.e., glorifying in the state of bowing down.

ًً ًٍ٘ ‫ا ٍى ىؿؼ‬ ‫ىرب ِّ ىی‬ ‫اف‬
‫يش ٍت ىد ى‬
The Magnificent My Lord Glory be to
who is free of all defects and faults.
 It is a very short glorification but it contains 4 very important things in it.

1. First of all, man glorifies Allah by bowing down before His Lord's
magnificence and declaring "O Allah (SWT)! You are free of all kinds of
defects” and admits that all defects are within him.
2. Secondly, among the numerous attributes of Allah, the attribute of ‫( رب‬Lord)
is mentioned here which means the one who brings up, the nourisher, the
one who takes care fulfilling every need. He is the Lord of all the worlds. He
is the creator, who is looking after every creation.
3. Thirdly, Allah is the Lord of all creatures but here in this Tasbeeh, the servant
of Allah connects himself with Allah saying ‘O’ Allah! You are my Lord,
nourishing me in particular. This is an expression of love and the relationship
between Allah and His servant. Like a small child who says, “She is my loving
mother”, just as this sentence reflects the love of a child for his mother, in
the same way, this Tasbeeh also reflects the love of a servant for Allah.
4. Fourthly, A slave glorifies his Lord declaring “My Lord is all mighty, the
exalted, no one can overpower Him and he has no stress, pressure or strain.”
Tasbeeh while getting up from Ruku
‫ىخًٍ ىدہ‬ ٍَ ٍ‫ى ً ى‬ ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ اہللي‬
Praised Him The person who Allah heard
‫ ىخًٍ ىد‬is a verb from ‫ىخ ٍٍ هد‬ ٍَ ٌ‫ ى‬means ‘who’
43
Allah hears from everyone. He hears everything. Here, those who praise Allah
are specially mentioned. That means Allah accepts their prayers. Therefore, we
should praise Allah with full enthusiasm.
Tasbeeh when man stands and is in the state of Qauma after Ruku
‫ا ٍى ىد ٍٍ يد‬ ‫ىک‬
‫ى ى‬ ‫ىرةَّ ىِا‬
Is all the praise & For you O’ my Lord
thanks.
Tasbeeh of Sajdah (Prostation)

‫ٍاال ى ٍؾلٰی‬ ‫ىرب ِّ ىی‬ ‫اف‬
‫يش ٍت ىد ى‬
The most exalted To my Lord Glory be
In the state of Sajdah, the servant is closest to his Lord.

As a lowly and humble servant, the person offering prayer expresses the glory
of Allah by placing the most respected part of his body, his head on the ground. If the
same condition is maintained in our life apart from prayers, our life will change.
ً ‫ق َا ًف کىا ٍىب ى ٍ٘جً ا ٍى ى‬ َّ

)‫س‬
‫ ك خانً ؾَ ابی ؾتا و‬،‫ حرٌذم‬،‫ِر ًب ( ٌصِد اخٍد‬ ٍ ‫ا ً َّف اى ًذ ٍم ىى ٍ٘ ىس ف ً ٍی ىج ٍٔف ً ًہ ىش ٍ٘ هئ ٌِّ ىَ ا ٍى‬
The Messenger of Allah( PBUH) said "He who does not memorize any part of
The Qur'an is like the ruined house."
44

Grammar
Prepositions
In the previous five lessons, you have learnt about nouns, pronouns and
masculine & feminine gender. Today you will learn something new.
You must have seen that some letters or words are used in the middle of the
sentences which relate and connect the words and create connectivity in the
expression of meaning. Some of these letters/words are such that when they come
before a noun the symbol(harakat) of the last letter of the noun changes to zer ‘ً’ِ . It
is, for this reason, these symbols are called ‘‫ ’َحؼ جر‬in Arabic i.e. preposition.
There are 17 ‘‫’َحؼ جر‬. But we will learn only those which are frequently used in
the Qur’an.
1. ‫ؿ‬
ً ‫ ىؿ ؍‬means ‘For’: ‫ ًؿ‬is used before a noun like an Example: ‫ ِہلِل‬i.e. For Allah and
‫ َي‬is used before a pronoun like‫ ىلهي ًٍ دًٍِٗيهي ًٍ ىك ل ً ىی دًٍٗىًی ۔‬which means “For you is your
religion and for me is my religion.”
َّ َ‫ أىؾي ٍٔذي ةًاہللً ًٌ ى‬which means “I seek refuge in Allah
2. ٍَ ًٌ means ‘from’: like ًً ٍ٘ ‫اىش ٍ٘ ىعا ًف اى َّر ًج‬
from the Shaitan, the outcast.”
3. ٍَ ‫ ىؾ‬means ‘From/about /with’: as in ‫ہلل ىؾ ٍِ يہ‬
‫ ىرض ىًی ا ي‬Allah is pleased with him.
4. ‫ ىٌ ىؽ‬means ‘with’ as Allah say َ‫ہلل ىٌ ىؽ اىصَّ اةًرًٍٗ ى‬
‫“ ا ً َّف ا ى‬Verily Allah is with the patient”.
These letters/words appear in the Qur’an 4960 times.
To remember them, you must memorize these examples.
The use and effect of „‫ ‟َحؼ جر‬with noun

01. ‫ ى ً ىل ٍٔـ و‬For a nation. ‫ ى ًشى ٍ٘ وئ‬For a thing.
02. ً‫ ًٌ ىَ اہلل‬From Allah ‫اب‬ ً ‫ ًٌ ىَ ا ٍل ًه ىخ‬From the book.
03. ً‫ ىؾ ٍَ ىشب ً ٍ٘ ًو اہلل‬From the way of Allah ‫ْک‬ ً ‫ ىؾ ًَ ا ٍى يٍ ٍِ ى‬From the evil.
04. ‫ ىٌؽ اى َّر يش ٍٔ ًؿ‬With the prophet ‫ ىٌ ىؽ ُ ٍئ وح‬With Nooh.
45
The use of these words with pronouns

From him ‫ًٌ ٍِ يہ‬ For him ‫ىىہ‬
From them (two) ‫ًٌ ٍِ يٓ ىٍا‬ For them (two) ‫ىى يٓ ىٍا‬
From them ًٍ ٓ‫ًٌ ٍِ ي‬ For them ًٍ ٓ‫ىى ي‬
From you ‫ک‬ ‫ًٌ ٍِ ى‬ For you ‫ک‬ ‫ىى ى‬
From you (two) ‫ًٌ ٍِهي ىٍا‬ For you (two) ‫ىلهي ىٍا‬
From you (all) ًٍ ‫ًٌ ٍِهي‬ For you (all) ًٍ ‫ىلهي‬
From me ‫ًٌىِّ ٍی‬ For me ‫ل ً ٍی‬
From us ‫ًٌ َِّا‬ For us ‫ىى ىِا‬
With him ‫ىٌ ىؿ يہ‬ From him ‫ىؾ ٍِ يہ‬

With them (two) ‫ىٌ ىؿ يٓ ىٍا‬ From them (two) ‫ىؾ ٍِ يٓ ىٍا‬
With them ًٍ ٓ‫ىٌ ىؿ ي‬ From them ًٍ ٓ‫ىؾ ٍِ ي‬
With you ‫ک‬‫ىٌ ىؿ ى‬ From you ‫ک‬‫ىؾ ٍِ ى‬
With you (two) ‫ىٌ ىؿهي ىٍا‬ From you (two) ‫ىؾ ٍِهي ىٍا‬
With you (all) ًٍ ‫ىٌ ىؿهي‬ From you (all) ًٍ ‫ىؾ ٍِهي‬
With me ‫ىٌع ً ٍی‬ From me ‫ىؾىِّ ٍی‬
With us ‫ىٌ ىؿ ىِا‬ From us ‫ىؾ َِّا‬
Note: ‫ ىٌ ىؽ‬is not a preposition but it is used like a preposition.
We will suffix the pronoun ‫ ٘ب‬to prepositions like we suffixed the pronoun ‫ ْا‬to
the noun.
46
Feminine )‫(مؤنث‬ Masculine )‫(مذکر‬

For her ‫ىى ىٓا‬ For him ‫ىىہ‬
From her ‫ًٌ ٍِ ىٓا‬ From him ‫ًٌ ٍِ يہ‬
About her ‫ىؾ ٍِ ىٓا‬ About him ‫ىؾ ٍِ يہ‬
With her ‫ىٌ ىؿ ىٓا‬ With him ‫ىٌ ىؿہ‬
Note: Remember that the meaning of these words keeps on changing according to
their use in the sentence.
‫اىص َّف ًث ىف ىلا ىؿ ىا ُّٗهي ًٍ ٗيد ًُّب ىا ٍف َّی ٍغ يد ىك ک ي َّو ىٗ ٍٔـ وا ً ٰلی ة ي ٍع ىد ى‬
‫اف أ ٍك ا ً ىلی اٍ ٍى ىؿل ًٍ٘ ًق ف ىى٘أت ىًی‬ ُّ ‫َخ ىج ىر يش ٍٔ يؿ اہللً ﷺ ىك ُ ى ٍد يَ ف ًی‬ ‫ىؾ ٍَ يؾ ٍل ىت ىث ةٍ ًَ ىؾا ًٌر وكىا ىؿ ى ى‬
‫قأ ي َاٗى ىخی ٍ ًن‬
‫ک كىا ىؿ أف ىىَل ىی ٍغ يد ٍك أى ىخ يد ين ًٍ ا ً ىلی ا ٍى ىٍ ٍصج ً ًد ف ىى٘ ٍؿ ىي يً أ ٍك ىی ٍ ى‬ ‫ٍِی غىیٍر ًاًذ ٍ وً ىك ىال ك ٍىع ًؽ ىرخ وًً ىف يل ٍي ىِا ٗىا ىر يش ٍٔ ىؿ اہللً ُيد ًُّب ذٰى ً ى‬
ً ‫ًٌ ٍِ يہ ة ً ىِا ىك ىخی ٍ ًن ىن ٍٔ ىٌا ىكٍٗ ًَ ف‬
ً ٍ َ‫اب اہللً ىؾزَّ ىك ىج َّو ىخی ٍ هر ىى يہ ًٌ ٍَ ُىا ىك ىخی ٍ ًن ىك ذ ى ىَل وث ىخی ٍ هر َّى يہ ًٌ ٍَ ذ ى ىَل وث ىك اى ٍرةى هؽ ىخی ٍ هر َّى يہ ًٌ ٍَ اى ٍرةى وؽ ىك ًٌ ٍَ اى ٍؾ ىدادًًََّْ ًٌ ى‬
.‫االة ً ًو‬ ً ‫ًٌ ٍَ ن ً ىخ‬
Narrated by Uqba Bin Amir( RA): When we were in Suffa, the Messenger of
Allah (‫ )ﷺ‬came out and said: Which of you would like to go out every morning to
Buthan or al-'Aqiq and bring two large she-camels without being guilty of sin or
without severing the ties of kinship? We said: Messenger of Allah, we would like to
do it. Upon this, he said: Does not one of you go out in the morning to the mosque
and teach or recite two verses from the Book of Allah? the Majestic and Glorious?
That is better for him than two she-camels, and three verses are better (than three
she-camels). and four verses are better for him than four (she-camels), and to on
their number in camels. [Sahih Muslim 803]
47

Exercise
Q.1. Write the meaning of these words.

ً‫ىؾؼ ًٍ٘ ه‬ ًَّ ٓ‫اىى ّٰي ي‬
‫اى ٍؾلٰی‬ ‫ىخ ٍٍ هد‬
‫غىیٍري ىک‬ ‫ىج ٌّد‬
Q.2. Complete the table by combining the below mentioned

‫ ىٌ ىؽ‬،َ‫ ىؾ‬،ًٌَ ،‫ ىؿ‬with the pronouns ً‫ ين‬،‫ ىک‬،ًٍ ‫ ْي‬،‫ ہ‬etc.
‫ىٌ ىؿ يہ‬ ‫ًٌ ٍِ يہ‬ ‫ىؾ ٍِ يہ‬ ‫ىىہ‬
48
Q.3. Match the pair of the pronoun + preposition in column A with its
meaning mentioned in column B
B A
From you ‫ىىہ‬
With you all ‫ًٌ َِّا‬
For me ًٍ ٓ‫ىؾ ٍِ ي‬
For him ًٍ ‫ىٌ ىؿهي‬
From them ‫ل ً ٍی‬

From us ‫ًٌ ٍِ ى‬
‫ک‬
For Allah
From the nation(community)
With me
For us
With you
49
Lesson No.7 (PART – A)

Tashahud ‫ىتشى ُّہ ٍد‬
َّ ‫ىك‬
‫اىعی ىِّتاتي‬ ‫ىكاىصَّ ي ٰىٔتي‬ ‫ِہلِل‬ ‫اىى َّخ ًدَّ٘اتي‬
And all financial And all physical for Allah All the verbal
worships worships worships
‫ ظىی ىِّت ه‬pl. ‫ظىی ىِّت هث‬

‫ات‬ ‫ ىصي ٰىٔ هت‬pl. ‫ىص ىَل هة‬ ‫ ىح ًد٘ ه‬pl. ‫ىح ًد َّ٘ هث‬
‫َّات‬
These words have other meanings as well but most scholars have taken this meaning.
 While saying these words verbally, we should ponder whether what are we
saying is true or not. Do we use our tongue according to the orders of Allah? Do
we use our physical and mental power in the worship of Allah? Where do we
earn money from and how do we spend it? Are all of our actions and deeds in
accordance with Allah's order or not? If yes, thank Allah and ask for better than
that. If not, then we must consider and try our best to harmonize our life with
the orders and commands of the One who gave us this life (Allah) and also ask
Him alone to help us follow His orders. May it not happen that we keep saying
in prayers that all our actions are only for Allah but on the contrary, our daily
life passes violating His orders?
 We should pray to Allah that we truly live in accordance with these words.
‫ىك ةى ىرکىاحيہ‬ ً‫ك ىىر ٍخ ىٍ يثاہلل‬ ‫اى ُّٗ ىٓا اى َِّ ًي ُّی‬ ‫ک‬
‫ىؾي ٍى٘ ى‬ َّ ‫اى‬
‫ىصَل يىـ‬
And His blessing And the mercy of O’ Prophet Upon you Peace be
Allah (PBUH)
‫ؾ ىًتاد ًاہللً اىصَّ اى ً ًدی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ىك ىؾلٰی‬ ‫ىؾ ىي ٍی ىِا‬ َّ ‫اى‬
‫ىص ىَل يـ‬
The righteous servants of Allah And upon Upon us Peace be
ً‫ ؾ ىًتا يد اہلل‬:ً‫ ىؾ ٍت هد ج ؾ ىًتا هد ىؾ ٍت يداہلل‬Servant ‫ ىؾلٰی‬: upon
And upon the pious servants of Allah ‫ُىا‬: Us
50
 The personality who performed and acted upon in the best possible way with
regard to the above-mentioned worships(verbal, physical and financial) is the
personality of the prophet Mohammad (PBUH).
 The prophet (PBUH) himself acted on these three things and taught us as well.
He taught us how verbal worship should be performed and how we should
worship physically and what is the way of financial worship. Therefore, first of
all, we pray to Allah to bestow His peace, mercy and blessing upon the
benefactor of Humanity.
 Further, every reciter of Tashahhud )‫(اىخد٘ات‬should pray for himself and the pious
and righteous people as well.
 Here an important point to remember is that the peace, blessing and mercy of
Allah are earned by the one who tries to earn them with their actions adhering
to the orders of Allah.
‫ا ً َّال ا ي‬
‫ہلل‬ ‫اًى ٰ ىہ‬ ‫َّال‬ ‫ىا ٍف‬ ‫اى ٍش ىٓ يد‬
But Allah God there is no That I testify
‫ىك ىر يش ٍٔىيہ‬ ‫ىؾ ٍت يدہ‬ ‫يٌ ىد ٍَّ ندا‬ ‫اى َّف‬ ‫ىك اى ٍش ىٓ يد‬
And His prophet His servant Muhammad (PBUH) That And I testify
 Through the words of this Kalima Shahadat, the servant is repeatedly made
aware of his servitude so that he may not forget his real Lord and that he may
always remember the graciousness and the great favours of His Messenger
(PBUH) upon the entire Muslim Ummah and that a Muslim may also identify
the status of the prophet (PBUH) in front of Allah.
Consider, the Qur’an as your greatest wealth
Hazrat Uqbah Bin Amir RA says, “One day the messenger of Allah PBUH came
while we were busy reciting the Qur’an in the mosque, He said:
ً ‫اب اہللً ىؾزَّ ىك ىج َّو ىك ا ٍكتىِي ٍٔہي كىا ىؿ ىك ىخ ًص ٍت يج اًَُّہ كىا ىؿ ىك ىت ىغ َِّ ٍٔا ة ً ًہ ف ىىٔ َّاى ًذ ٍم ىن ٍفس ًٍی ة ً ى٘دًہ ىى يٓ ىٔاى ىش ُّد ىت ىف ُّيخنا ٌِّ ىَ ا ٍى ىٍ ىخ‬
‫اض ًٌ ىَ ا ٍى يؿ ٍل ًو‬ ‫ىت ىؿ َّي يٍ ٍٔا ن ً ىخ ى‬
Learn the book of Allah, the Exalted. Consider it to be your wealth and make
yourself rich with it. I swear by Him in Whose Hand my life is, Qur’an runs away (is
forgotten) faster than camels that are released from their tying ropes”. (Narrated Al-
Bukhari)
51

Grammar
You have read these four words in the previous lesson

‫ ًؿ‬/‫ ىؿ‬، ٍَ ًٌ ، ٍَ ‫ ىؾ‬، ‫ىٌ ىؽ‬
Now, you will read four more words in today’s lesson.
‫ ًب‬: with ; ‫ ف ً ٍی‬: in,into; ‫ ىؾلٰی‬: on, upon; ‫ ا ً ٰلی‬: to, towards
Examples:
‫ ًب‬: ً‫بً ٍص ًً اہلل‬: In /With the name of Allah.
‫ ف ً ٍی‬:ً‫ف ً ٍی ىشب ً ٍ٘ ًو اہلل‬: In the way of Allah.
‫ ىؾلٰی‬:ًٍ ‫ىص ىَل يـ ىؾي ٍى٘هي‬ َّ ‫ ىا‬: Peace be upon you all.
‫ الًٰی‬:‫ اًَُّا ِہلِل ىك اًَُّا اًى ٍى٘ ًہ ىرا ًج يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬Indeed, to Allah we belong and indeed, to Him we will return.
The use of these prepositions with pronouns:

In )‫(فًی‬ With/In )‫(ب‬
ً
In him ‫ف ًٍ٘ ًہ‬ With/in him ‫ة ً ًہ‬
In them (two) ‫ف ًًٍ٘ٓ ىٍا‬ With/in them (two) ‫ةًًٓ ىٍا‬
In them ًٍ ًًٍٓ٘ ‫ف‬ With/in them(all) ًٍ ًًٓ‫ة‬
In you ‫ک‬
‫ف ًٍ٘ ى‬ With/in you ‫ک‬
‫ةً ى‬
In you (two) ‫ف ًٍ٘هي ىٍا‬ With/in you (two) ‫ةًهي ىٍا‬
In you (all) ًٍ ‫ف ًٍ٘هي‬ With/in you (all) ًٍ ‫ةًهي‬
In me ‫ف ً َّی‬ With/in me ‫ب ً ٍی‬
In us ‫ف ً ٍی ىِا‬ With/in us ‫ة ً ىِا‬
52
To/towards ‫ا ً ٰلی‬ On ‫لی‬

ٰ ‫ىؾ‬
Towards him ‫اًى ٍى٘ ًہ‬ On him ‫ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ‬
Towards them (two) ‫اًى ٍىً٘ٓ ىٍا‬ On them (two) ‫ىؾي ٍىً٘ٓ ىٍا‬
Towards them ًٍ ًٓ٘‫اًى ٍى‬ On them ًٍ ًٓ٘‫ىؾي ٍى‬
Towards you ‫ک‬ ‫اًى ٍى٘ ى‬ On you ‫ک‬
‫ىؾي ٍى٘ ى‬
Towards you (two) ‫اًى ٍى٘هي ىٍا‬ On you (two) ‫ىؾي ٍى٘هي ىٍا‬
Towards you (all) ًٍ ‫اًى ٍى٘هي‬ On you (all) ًٍ ‫ىؾي ٍى٘هي‬
Towards me ‫الً ى َّی‬ On me ‫ىؾل َّی‬
Towards us ‫ا ً ىى ٍی ىِا‬ On us ‫ىؾ ىي ٍی ىِا‬
We can join the pronoun ‫ ْىا‬also with these words:

With her ‫ة ً ىٓا‬ With him ‫ةًہ‬
In her ‫ف ًٍ٘ ىٓا‬ In him ‫ف ًٍ٘ ًہ‬
On her ‫ىؾي ٍى٘ ىٓا‬ On him ‫ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ‬
To her ‫اًى ٍى٘ ىٓا‬ To him ‫اًى ٍى٘ ًہ‬
َّ َّ ‫ كىا ىؿ ىر يش ٍٔ يؿ اہللً ىصلَّی ا ي‬: ‫ہلل ىؾ ٍِ ىٓا كىاى ٍىج‬

‫الْکاـ ً ا ٍىب ى ىر ىرة ً ىك اى ًذ ٍم ىی ٍ ى‬
‫ق يء‬ ‫ِفة ً ً ى‬ ٍ ‫ اى ٍى ىٍاًْري ةًا ٍى ي‬:ً‫ہلل ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ ىك اَى ً ًہ ىك ىشي ى‬
َّ ‫ق َا ًف ىٌ ىؽ‬
‫اىص ى ى‬ ‫ىؾ ٍَ ىؾائًشى ىث ىرض ىًی ا ي‬
).ً‫قأ ي ىك ْي ىٔ ىی ٍش ىخ ُّد ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ ىىہ أ ٍج ىرا ًف (ٌخفق ؾي٘ہ ك ْذا ىفغ ٌصي‬ َّ
‫ ىكاى ًذ ٍم ىی ٍ ى‬: ‫قا ىَف ىك ٗىت ى ىخ ٍؿ ىخ يؽ ف ًٍ٘ ًہ ىك ْي ىٔ ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ ىش ٌّاؽ ىىہ أ ٍج ىرا ًف ىك فًی رً ىكاٗى وث‬
ٍ ‫ا ٍى ي‬
‘Aisha (RA) reported: The prophet of Allah (PBUH) said, “The person who is
proficient in the recitation of the Qur’an, will be with the honourable and obedient
scribes(angels) and he who recites the Qur’an and finds it difficult to recite, doing his
best to recite it in the best possible way, will have a double reward."
There is one more narration: The person who recites the Qur’an and
experiences difficulty in doing so will get a double reward. (Agreed by all) Narrated
by Muslim.
53
Lesson No.7 (PART – C)

Exercise
Q1. Write the meaning of the following words.

‫ىح ًد َّ٘ هث‬
‫ات‬
‫ىصي ىىٔ ه‬
‫ؾ ً ٍِ ىد‬
‫اى ُّٗ ىٓا‬
‫ىصاى ً ًدی ٍ ىن‬
‫ظىی ىِّت ه‬
‫ات‬
Q.2. Complete the table by combining the pronoun،‫ب‬ً ‫ ا ً ٰلی‬،‫لی‬

ًِ ٰ ‫ ىؾ‬،‫ ف ً ًی‬with
the pronoun ‫ ىک‬،ً‫ ْي‬،‫ہ‬
‫اًى ٍى٘ ًہ‬ ‫ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ‬ ‫ف ًٍ٘ہ‬ ‫ةًہ‬
54
Q.3. Match the preposition and pronoun in Column A with its

meaning mentioned in column B:
B A
In the world ً‫ا ً ىلی ا ٍى ىج َِّث‬
On me ‫لی اى َّر يش ٍٔ ًؿ‬
‫ىؾ ى‬
In us ‫اىدُ ٍ ى٘ا‬
ُّ ‫ف ًی‬
To the heaven ‫ة ً ىٓا‬
With her ‫ىؾل َّی‬
On prophet ‫ف ً ٍی ىِا‬
Q.4. Translate the following sentence into Arabic.

To the right path To/Towards you
On us On the religion
Towards the heaven From Allah
‫ق َا ىن ىفاًَُّہ ىٗأت ًٍی ىٗ ٍٔ ىـ ا ٍىل ىً٘ا ىٌ ًث‬ َّ ‫ ىشًٍ ٍؿ يج ىر يش ٍٔ ىؿ اہللً ىصلَّی ا ي‬: ‫ہلل ىؾ ٍِ يہ كىا ىؿ‬
ٍ ‫ ا ً ٍ ىُق يؤ ٍكا ا ٍى ي‬:‫ہلل ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ ىك اَى ًہ ك ىشي ىً ىی يلٔ يؿ‬ ‫ىؾَ ٍأبًی أ ي ىٌا ىٌ ىث ىرض ىًی ا ي‬
)ً‫ىشف ًٍ٘ نؿا ًِل ٍص ىداةًہ ( ركاہ ٌصي‬
Narrated by Abu Umamah (RA). He said, “I heard the prophet Muhammad
(PBUH) saying, “Recite the Qur’an for on the day of Resurrection it will come as an
intercessor for those who recite it.”
55
Lesson No.8 (PART – A)

Durood
Durood is a gift to the prophet (PBUH) from his followers. The prophet
Muhammad (PBUH) is the greatest benefactor of this Ummah. He suffered a lot to
convey the message of Allah to his nation.
Today, after 1500 years we are Muslims, it is because of the sacrifices made by
the prophet Muhammad (PBUH) for the sake of Allah while preaching Islam.
The least we can do in return for the favours of our greatest benefactor is that
when his name is mentioned, we should send Durood upon him.
Sending Durood on the prophet (PBUH) benefits us as well. In a Hadeeth

prophet PBUH said, “Whoever sends blessings upon me once, Allah will send
blessings upon him tenfold, and will erase ten sins from him, and will raise him ten
degrees in status.”
The person who visits the holy grave of the prophet (PBUH) to greet him, he
himself hears his greeting and responds to it and the greeting of those people who
greet the prophet (PBUH) being far away from him, is delivered to him by the angels
whom Allah has appointed for this purpose.
‫َّك ىؾلٰی َا ًؿ يٌ ىد ٍَّ ود‬ ‫يٌ ىد ٍَّ ود‬ ‫لی‬

ٰ ‫ىؾ‬ ِّ‫ىصو‬ ًَّ ٓ‫اىى ّٰي ي‬
And on the family/ Muhammad Upon Send O’ Allah
follower of (PBUH) peace
Mohammad (PBUH)
If ِّ‫ ىصو‬is used with ‫لی‬
ٰ ‫ ىؾ‬the meaning will be to send
peace/mercy.
56
It is beyond our power and capacity to repay the favour of our prophet (PBUH).
Therefore O' Allah, I pray that you reward the prophet Mohammad (PBUH) with the
best and shower your mercy on him.
‫ َا ًؿ‬of prophets include their family and followers.

ً‫ىك ىؾلٰی ٰا ًؿ اًةٍ ىراْ ً ٍ٘ ى‬ ً‫ىؾلٰی اًةٍ ىراْ ً ٍ٘ ى‬ ‫ىص َّي ٍ٘ ىج‬ ‫ىن ىٍا‬
And the family /followers of On You
As
Ibraheem (AS) Ibraheem (AS) Sent peace/mercy
The meaning of ‫ ىن ىٍا‬is as/like
Muhammad (PBUH) is very close to Ibraheem (AS). The prophet Muhammad (PBUH) is
from the descendants of Ismaeel (AS), the son of Ibraheem (AS). Allah gave a high
status to His friend Ibraheem (AS) and made him the Imam of mankind.
‫ٌَّج ً ٍ٘ هد‬ ‫ىخًٍ ٍ٘ هد‬ ‫اًُ َّ ى‬

‫ک‬
Glorious Appraisable Verily, you are
‫ ىٌجً ٍ٘ هد‬is made of ‫ىٌ ٍج هد‬ ‫ ىخًٍ ٍ٘ هد‬is made of ‫ ىخ ٍٍ هد‬which : you ‫ ىک‬: Verily, ‫ا ً ٌف‬
Which means glorious. means highly praised ‫ اًُ َّ ىٓا‬،‫ اًَُّا‬،‫ انً ِّ ٍی‬،ًٍ ‫ اًَُّهي‬،‫ک‬
‫ اًُ َّ ى‬،ًٍ ٓ‫ اًُ َّ ي‬،‫اًُ َّ يہ‬
Verily he ‫اًَُّہ‬
Verily they (two) ‫اًُ َّ يٓ ىٍا‬
Verily they (all) ًٍ ٓ‫اًُ َّ ي‬
Verily you ‫ک‬‫اًُ َّ ى‬
Verily you (Two) ‫اًَُّهي ىٍا‬
Verily you (all) ًٍ ‫اًَُّهي‬
Verily I ‫انً ِّ ٍی‬
Verily we ‫اًُ َّ ىِا‬
57
‫ىك ىؾلٰی ٰا ًؿ يٌ ىد ٍَّ ود‬ ‫يٌ ىد ٍَّ ود‬ ‫لی‬

ٰ ‫ىؾ‬ ‫ةىار ًٍک‬ ًَّ ٓ‫اىى ّٰي ي‬
And on the family/ Mohammad On Send your blessings O’ Allah
followers of (PBUH)
Mohammad (PBUH)
ً‫ىك ىؾلٰی ٰا ًؿ اًةٍ ىراْ ً ٍ٘ ى‬ ً‫ىؾلٰی اًةٍ ىراْ ً ٍ٘ ى‬ ‫ةى ىار ٍن ىج‬ ‫ىن ىٍا‬
And the family/followers On Ibraheem You sent blessings As
of Ibraheem (AS) (AS)
‫ٌَّج ً ٍ٘ هد‬ ‫ىخًٍ ٍ٘ هد‬ ‫اًُ َّ ى‬

‫ک‬
Glorious Appraisable Verily, you are
What do we ask when we say, “Send blessings”?

We ask for prosperity, blessings and then the persistence of and growth in those
blessings. In the first part of the Durood we prayed for mercy, now we pray for
blessings.
58

Grammar
Mudhaf – Mudhaf Ilaih ‫يٌ ىضاؼ ك يٌ ىضاؼ اًى٘ہ‬

In previous lessons, you have read prepositions which when precedes a noun give zer
‘ً’
ِ to the last letter of the noun.
In today's lesson, we will learn one more reason for zer ‘ً’
ِ at the end of nouns.
When we join two nouns (to define possession), the second noun has zer ‘ً’
ِ at the
end.
Example:
1. ً‫ ةى ٍ٘ يج اہلل‬House of Allah/Allah’s house.
2. ً‫اب اہلل‬
‫ ن ً ىخ ي‬Book of Allah/Allah’s book.
3. ً‫اب اى َِّار‬
‫ ىؾ ىذ ي‬Punishment of fire/Fire’s punishment.
The first noun of this pair is called Mudhaf and the second noun is called Mudhaf Ilaih
which means the noun towards which the first noun is added.
Sometimes it may happen that we do not recognize a man by his name but when he
is introduced saying that he is the brother of so-and-so, we recognize him.
Rules
Mudhaf Mudhaf Ilaih
-Mudhaf does not accept ‫اى ٍؿ‬ -Mudhaf Ilaih mostly has ‫اى ٍؿ‬.
-Mudhaf does not accept Tanveen. -Mudhaf Ilaih always has zer )ِِ ( at the end.
-Mudhaf accepts all three -In most the cases Mudhf Ilaih is used with ‫أؿ‬
symbols/harakat: Zabar, zer and and one zer but sometimes it has two zers.
pesh in accordance with the use in
the sentence.
59
Examples:
ٍ ‫خيهٍ يً ا ٍى ي‬
‫ق َا ًف‬ Command of the Qur’an.
ً‫اب ا ٍىب ى ٍ٘ج‬
‫ةى ي‬ Door of the house.
‫ةى ٍ٘ يج ا ٍى يٍ ٍصيًًٍی ٍ ىن‬ House of Muslims.
‫ىك ىي يً ىخا ًٌ ود‬ Pen of Hamid.
ً‫ىؾ ٍت يد اہلل‬ Servant of Allah.
‫ك ٍىٔ يـ ُ ٍئ وح‬ Nation of Nooh.
ً‫ىٗ ٍٔ يـ ا ٍىل ىً٘ا ىٌث‬ Day of the judgment.

ًَ ٍٗ‫اب ا ٍى ىٔى ىىد‬
‫ن ً ىخ ي‬ Book of the two boys.
ٍَ ًٌ : ‫قا ىَف ًٌ ٍَ أى ٍر ىب ىؿ وث‬

ٍ ‫ خ ييذ ٍكا ا ٍى ي‬: ‫ ىشًٍ ٍؿ يج اى َِّ ًي َّیﷺ ىی يل ٍٔ يؿ‬، ‫ ىال اى ىزا يؿ ايخ ًُّت يہ‬: ‫ىَک ىؾ ٍت يداہللً ةٍ يَ ىؾ ٍٍر وك ىؾ ٍت ىداہللً ةٍ ىَ ىٌ ٍص يؿ ٍٔد و ىف ىلا ىؿ‬
‫ذ ىى‬
. ‫ةَ ىن ٍؿبو‬ ً ‫ةَ ىج ىت وو ك أيب ِّی‬ ً ً ‫اىً ك يٌ ىؿاذ‬ ‫ ك ىش و‬،‫ةَ ٌصؿٔد و‬ ً ‫ؾتدًاہلل‬
Abdullah Bin Amr Bin Al Aas mentioned Abdullah Bin Masood (RA) and said: “I
shall ever love that man, for I heard the prophet (PBUH) saying, "Take(learn) the
Qur’an from four, ‘‫عبد اہلل ابن مسعود‬, ‫سالم‬, ‫معاذ‬and ‫ایب ابن کعب‬.’”
60

Exercise
Match the correct pair of Mudhaf and Mudhaf Ilaih

B A
‫ا ٍى ىج َِّ ًث‬ ‫ىر ٍخ ىٍ يث‬
‫ا ٍىل ىً٘ا ىٌ ًث‬ ‫ٰا ىٗاتي‬
ً‫اہلل‬ ‫ىدا ير‬
ٍ ‫ا ٍى ي‬
‫ق َا ًف‬ ‫ىٗ ٍٔ يـ‬
َّ
ًً ٰ ‫اىصي‬ ‫اب‬
‫اى ٍص ىد ي‬
Fill in the blanks with appropriate Mudhaf Ilaih given blow.

ً‫ اہلل‬،ً ‫ ا ٍى ىلبٍر‬،ً‫ ا ٍى ىل ٍدر‬،‫اب‬
ً ‫ ا ٍل ًه ىخ‬،‫اىؿا ىىًٍی ٍ ىن‬
‫ى‬
‫ن ً ىخ ي‬
…………………………………………………………….. ‫اب‬
‫ىؾ ىذ ي‬
……………………………………………………………..‫اب‬
………………………………………………………...…… ‫ٰاٗىاتي‬
……………………………………………………………...‫ى ٍى٘ ىي يث‬
……………………………………………………...……… ‫ىر ُّب‬
61
Q.3. Translate the following sentences into English.

‫ىدا ير ىخا ًٌ ود‬
ً‫ؾ ىًتادي اہلل‬
ً‫ةى ىر ىن يث اہلل‬
ًَ ٍٗ‫اىد‬
ِّ ‫ىٗ ٍٔ يـ‬
‫االنٍ ىصا ًف‬
ً ٍ ‫ىر ُّب‬

Friends of Allah
The God of the people
Recitation of the Qur’an
Preaching of the prophet
Lord of the people
62
Lesson No. 9 (Part- A)
Supplication after Durood

The Messenger of Allah (PBUH) taught this supplication to his closest friend,
Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddique (RA) when he said to the prophet of Allah (PBUH), “O’
Allah’s apostle teach me a prayer which I could recite in my prayer.”
‫يػي نٍٍا ىنرًی ٍ نرا‬ ‫ىن ٍفس ًٍی‬ ‫ػى ي ٍىٍ يج‬ ‫انً ِّ ٍی‬ ًَّ ٓ‫اىى ّٰي ي‬
Extremely wrong Myself I have wronged Verily I O’ Allah
‫ ىنرًی ٍ هر‬: Many ، ‫ىنف هٍس ج نيف ٍئ هس‬
‫ ىكي ً ٍ٘ هو‬: Little ‫اى ٍنف هيس‬
Wrong ‫ يػي نٍٍا‬does not mean to kill or hurt someone. In the Qur'an, ‫ يػي نٍٍا‬is often used for
sins. There is nobody among us who has not sinned, so we should recite this
supplication with great humility.
‫اىُ ٍ ىج‬ َّ‫اًال‬ ‫اىذُّ ُ ٍئ ىب‬ ‫ِف‬

‫ىك ىال ىی ٍغ ً ي‬
and no one will
You (alone) Except Sins
forgive
‫ ا ً َّال‬Except, But ‫ ىذُ ٍ هب (ج) ذيُ ي ٍٔ هب‬sin
‫ىك ٍار ىخ ٍٍىً ٍی‬ ‫ِف نة ٌِّ ٍَ ؾ ً ٍِد ىًک‬

‫ىٌ ٍغ ً ى‬ ‫ٍِفل ً ٍی‬
ٍ ً ‫فىاغ‬
And have mercy on me forgiveness from You So, grant me forgiveness
ٍ ً ‫ اًغ‬: ‫ ل ً ٍی‬:Me
‫ ىؼ‬:so,‫ٍِف‬
63
‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىد ىْا۔‬، ‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىدُىا‬،‫ ؾ ً ٍِد ًٍم‬،ًٍ ‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىد ين‬،‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىد ين ىٍا‬،‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىد ىک‬،ًٍ ‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىدْي‬،‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىدْي ىٍا‬،‫ ؾ ً ٍِ ىدہ‬Near :‫ؾ ً ٍِ ىد‬
ً‫اى َّرخ ًٍ٘ ي‬ ‫اى ىغف ٍئ ير‬ ‫ک أىُ ٍ ىج‬‫اًُ َّ ى‬
Extremely merciful Much forgiving Verily, You are
you ‫ أُ ٍ ىج‬You :/ ‫ ىک‬/ ،Verily :‫ا ً َّف‬
One more supplication recited after prayers

Hazrat Maaz (RA) narrated. He says that the prophet (PBUH) held my hand and
said: O’ Maaz! I swear by Allah. I love you. Then he said, “I advise you O’ Maaz never
forget this supplication after the completion of your prayers.”
‫ک‬
‫ىك خي ٍص ًَ ؾ ىًتا ىدح ً ى‬ ً ٍ ‫ىك يش‬
‫ْک ىک‬ ً ٍ ً ‫لی ذ‬
‫َک ىک‬ ٰ ‫ىؾ‬ ‫أىؾًىِّ ٍی‬ ًَّ ٓ‫اىى ّٰي ي‬
And to worship you And to be To remember Help me O’ Allah
in an excellent grateful to you
manner you
 After offering prayers, when we become busy with worldly affairs, we forget to
remember Allah and we forget to be grateful for His favours. Therefore, we
should recite this supplication.
 It means I have offered one prayer but O' Allah help me in offering other
prayers or performing any other worship in an excellent manner. O' Allah help
in all these things.
‫ت الً ىی اى ُِّ ٍٔرً ةًاًذٍ ًف ىر ِّةًٓ ًٍ الًٰی ً ى‬

‘‘‫ِصا ًط ا ٍى ىؿزًٍٗز ًا ٍى ىدًٍ ٍ٘ ًد‬ ً ‫اىؼيي ىٍا‬ ‫يِر ىج اى َِّ ى‬
ُّ َ‫اس ًٌ ى‬ ‫اب أىٍُزى ٍى ىِاہي اًى ٍى٘ ى‬
ً ٍ ‫ک ىًخ‬ ‫’’اىَ رٰن ً ىخ ه‬
Alif Laam Raa, this is a book which I have revealed to you to take out the people
from darkness into light by the grace of Allah towards the path of the Lord who is
Almighty and praiseworthy. (Surah Ibraheem)
64

Grammar
Adjectival Phrase (‫ صفج‬،‫)ٌٔصٔؼ‬

The good deed ‫اى ٍى ىؿ ىٍ يو اىصَّ اى ً يح‬ A Blessed night ‫ى ٍى٘ ىي هث يٌ ىت ىار ىن هث‬
A severe punishment ‫اب ىش ًدٍٗ هد‬
‫ىؾ ىذ ه‬ The pious believers ‫اى ٍى يٍؤ ًٌِي ٍٔ ىف اىصَّ اى ً يد ٍٔ ىف‬
A straight path ً‫ِص هاط ٌُّ ٍص ىخل ًٍ٘ ه‬ ‫ًى‬ The outcast devil َّ ‫اى‬
ًً ٍ٘ ‫ىش ٍ٘ ىعا ًف اى َّر ًج‬
A holy kalima ‫کىي ً ىٍ هث ظىی ىِّت هث‬ The trustworthy messenger ‫اىى َّر يش ٍٔ يؿ ٍاالى ًٌی ٍ ين‬
Forgiving Allah ‫ىر ٌّب غىف ٍئ هر‬ The pious women ‫اى ٍى يٍؤ ًٌ ىِاتي اىصَّ اى ً ىداتي‬
Rules of Adjectival Phrase

A pair of nouns in which one noun describes the quality of another noun is
called Adjectival Phrase/‫ صفج‬،‫ٌٔصٔؼ‬. For example: A noble man. This phrase is an
adjectival. In it, the noun 'noble' describes the noun ‘man’.
In such a phrase the noun which is described is called ‘ ‫ ’ٌٔصٔؼ‬in Arabic. The
second word which describes the noun is called '‫ ' صفج‬in Arabic and in English, it is
called an adjective.
In the said example the noun ‘man’ is ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬and the noun ‘noble’ is ‫صفج‬. In
English ‫( صفج‬Adjective) comes first and ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬comes later. In Urdu, you say ‫کین رمد‬
and in English, you say, Good man, whereas in Arabic it is just the opposite. ‫ٌٔصٔؼ‬
comes first and ‫ صفج‬comes later example: ‫و ىصاى ً هح‬
‫ ىر يج ه‬.
Look carefully at the examples given earlier in the lesson. It is very easy to
identify ‫ صفج‬،‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬in Arabic. You will find that both ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬and ‫ صفج‬are similar to
each other. If you say, they are like identical twins, you will not be wrong.
65
1. If ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬is masculine, ‫ صفج‬will be masculine. If ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬is feminine, ‫ صفج‬will

also be feminine.
2. If ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬is singular, ‫ صفج‬will be singular and if ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬is plural, ‫ صفج‬will be

plural.
3. If ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬is with ‫اؿ‬, ‫ صفج‬will be with ‫ اؿ‬and if the ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬is with Tanveen,
‫ صفج‬will be with tanween.
4. ‫ صفج & ٌٔصٔؼ‬will have similar symbols/harakat (ِِ َِِ ِِِ).
One particular rule

You have read in the previous lessons about broken plurals or ‘‫’جٍؽ ٌهَّس‬. In which
plural is made by changing the internal structure of a singular noun. The rule is that
“‫ صفج‬of ‫ جٍؽ ٌهَّس‬is always ‫ ”كاخد ٌؤُد‬i.e., when the ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬is a broken plural, its ‫ صفج‬will
always be singular feminine.
Examples:
The old days ‫اى ٍالى َّٗ ياـ ا ٍى ىخاى ً ى٘ يث‬ Old books ‫ينخ هيب ىك ًدٍٗ ىٍ هث‬
Holy pages ‫ف ٌُّ ىع َّہ ىر هة‬
‫يص يد ه‬ Separate doors ‫اب ٌُّ ىخ ى ِِّف ىك هث‬
‫اىةٍ ىٔ ه‬
‫اف اہللً ىك‬ ‫اف ىك يش ٍت ىد ى‬ ‫االٍٗ ىٍا ًف ىك ا ٍى ىد ٍٍ يد ہللً ىح ٍٍ ىَلي ا ٍىًٍ ٍ٘زى ى‬ َّ ’’ :ً‫ كىا ىؿ ىر يش ٍٔ يؿ اہللً ىصلَّی اہللي ىؾيى٘ ًہ ىك ىش َّي ى‬:‫ كىا ىؿ‬، ‫ىؾ ٍَ أىب ً ٍی ىٌاى وًک اِل ٍش ىؿر ً ِّم‬
‫اىع يہ ٍٔ ير ىش ٍ ي‬
ً ٍ ‫ْط‬
‫س ىی ٍغ يد ٍك‬ً ‫ ک ي ُّو اى َِّا‬، ‫ک‬ ‫ک أك ىؾي ٍى٘ ى‬ ‫ٍق َا يف يخ َّج هث ىى ى‬ٍ ‫اف ىكاىصَّ بٍري ض ىً٘ا هء ىكاى ي‬ ً ‫ت ىك اِلٍ ى ٍر‬
‫ض ىك اىصَّ ىَلةي ُ ٍئ هر ىك اىصَّ ىد ىك يث ة ي ٍر ىْ ه‬ َّ ‫ا ٍى ىد ٍٍ يد ِہلِل ىح ٍٍ ى ََل ًف أ ٍك ىح ٍٍ ىَلي ىٌا ةىی ٍ ىن‬
ً ‫اىص ىٍا ىكا‬
‘‘. ‫ف ىىتائ ً هؽ ىنف ىٍص يہ ف يىٍ ٍؿخ ً يل ىٓا أ ٍك يٌ ٍٔبً يل ىٓا‬
Narrated by Abu Malik Ashari (RA): The Messenger of Allah (‫ )ﷺ‬said, “Cleanliness is
half of faith and al-Hamdu Lillah (all praise and gratitude is for Allah alone) fills the scale,
and Subhan Allah (Glory be to Allah) and al-Hamdu Lillah fill up what is between the
heavens and the earth, and prayer is a light, and charity is proof (of one's faith) and
endurance is a brightness and the Holy Qur'an is a proof on your behalf or against you. All
men go out early in the morning and sell themselves, thereby setting themselves free or
destroying themselves.”
66

Exercise
Q.1. Write the meaning of words.

‫ىٌجً ٍ٘ هد‬
‫ىنف هٍس‬
‫ىذُ ٍ هب‬
‫ؾ ً ٍِ ىد‬
‫ىنرًی ٍ نرا‬
Q.2. Match the correct ‫ ٌٔصٔؼ‬given in the column A with its ‫صفج‬
given in the column B
B A
‫اىصَّ اى ً يح‬ َ‫ىش ٍ٘ ٰع ي‬ َّ ‫اى‬
‫غىف ٍئ هر‬ ‫ي ٍُقا هَف‬
ً‫اى َّرخ ًٍ٘ ي‬ ‫اى ٍى ىؿ ىٍ ي‬
‫و‬
‫ىنتًی ٍ هر‬ ‫ىر ٌّب‬
‫ىٌجً ٍ٘ هد‬ ‫أى ٍج هر‬

‫يٌ ٍصي ً هً ىصاد هًؽ‬
‫رًزٍ كنا ىخ ىص نِا‬
‫اي ٌَّ هث يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍ هث‬
ً‫ىَص ياط ا ٍى يٍ ٍص ىخل ًٍ٘ ي‬ ‫اى ِّ ى‬
‫کىي ً ىٍ هث ظىی ىِّت هث‬
67
Q.4. Pick out the correct adjective from the adjectives given below
to make pairs:
‫ا ٍل ىهتًیٍري ؍ ىنتًی ٍ هر‬ ………………………………….‫اى ٍى ىٍ ٍصجً يد‬
‫ىصاد هًؽ ؍ اىصَّ اد يًؽ‬ …….…………………………….ً‫يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
‫ا ٍى ىجًٍ ٍ٘ يو ؍ ىجًٍ ٍ٘ هو‬ ……………..…………………….َ‫ىا ٍْلةٍ ي‬
ً‫أىى ً ٍ٘ هً ؍ ٍاالىى ً ٍ٘ ي‬ ‫ىؾ ىذ ه‬
…….…………………………….‫اب‬
‫ىصغًی ٍ هر ؍ اىصَّ غًی ٍ ىرةي‬ …….…………………………….‫اى ٍىب ً ٍِ يج‬
Q.5. Translate the following sentences into Arabic

A true messenger
A big house
The Qur’an with wisdom
The true Muslims
Pious Muslim women
68

A comprehensive prayer (Supplication)
‫ىخ ىص ىِ نث‬ ‫اىدُ ٍ ى٘ا‬

ُّ ‫فًی‬ ‫ٰاح ً ىِا‬ ‫ىرةَّ ىِا‬
(that) which is good in this world give us O’ Our Lord
 In ‫ خصِ نث‬whatever is useful for our world and the hereafter is included which
consists of blessings, good things, prayers (namaz), zakat, good manners, good
society, health, family, honour, nobility, money, wealth, trading, children,
friends etc.
 And no matter how glorious/ excellent it may appear everything that degrades
and destroys the life of the hereafter cannot be included in ‫خصِ نث‬.
ً‫اب اى َِّار‬
‫ىك ك ً ىِا ىؾ ىذ ى‬ ‫ك ف ً ٍی ٍاالٰ ً ى‬
‫َخة ً ىخ ىص ىِ نث‬
And protect us (from) punishment of And in the hereafter (that which is) good.
the fire.
The goodness and blessings of the hereafter are admission to paradise, getting the
pleasure of Allah & closeness to the prophet (PBUH) and the chance to have the sight
of Allah.
Supplication after Ablution
Before we start an ablution, we read ‫بصً اہلل‬.
The importance of this supplication: The prophet (PBUH)said, “Anyone of you, if
makes an ablution and properly care and then he reads this supplication or Dua, all
the eight doors of the paradise are opened for him.”
‫َّإال ا ي‬
‫ہلل‬ ‫َّال َ إى ٰ ىہ‬ ‫ىا ٍف‬ ‫اى ٍش ىٓ يد‬
But Allah There is no god That I bear witness
َّ ‘but’ or ‘except’
The meaning of ‫إال‬is
69
‫ىىہ‬ ‫ک‬ ً ‫ىال ى‬

‫َشٍٗ ى‬ ‫ىك ٍخ ىدہ‬
to Him There is no partner He is alone
‫ ىح ٍٔخ ًٍ٘ هد‬،‫ أ ىخ هد‬،‫ ىكاخ هًد‬has the root
For/to him:‫ىىہ‬ ‫َش هک‬ ً ٍ ٌ‫َشک ى َا يء۔ ي‬
ٍ ً and ‫ۡش هک‬ ‫َشٍٗ هک ج ى ى‬
ً‫ى‬ meaning of ‘alone’
‫ىؾ ٍت يدہ ىك ىر يش ٍٔىيہ‬ ‫يٌ ىد ٍَّ ندا‬ ‫ىا َّف‬ ‫ىك ىا ٍش ىٓ يد‬
Is His servant and His messenger Mohammad (PBUH) That I bear witness
Some similar sentences

‫ إ ٍف‬If - ‫ا ً ٍف ىشا ىء اہللي‬
‫ ا ً َّف‬Certainly/verily- َ‫ہلل ىٌ ىؽ اىصَّ اةًرًٍٗ ى‬
‫َّإف ا ى‬
‫ أ ى ٍف‬That- ‫أش ىٓ يد اى ٍف الَّ اًى ٰ ىہ ا ً َّال ا ي‬
‫ہلل‬ ٍ
‫ اى َّف‬Certainly/verily - ً‫اى ٍش ىٓ يد اى َّف يٌ ىد ٍَّ ندا َّر يش ٍٔ يؿ اہلل‬
‫ اًُ َّ ىٍا‬Only/mere- ‫اًُ َّ ىٍا ٍاالى ٍؾ ىٍا يؿ ةًاى َِِّّ٘ا ًت‬
َ‫ىكا ٍج ىؿ ٍيىً ٍی ًٌ ىَ اى يٍٍ ىخ ىع ِّٓرًٍٗ ى‬ ‫ًٌ ىَ اى َّخَّٔاةًی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ا ٍج ىؿ ٍيىً ٍی‬ ًَّ ٓ‫اىى ّٰي ي‬
And make me from among From among Make me O’ Allah
those who purify themselves those who repent
‫ ظ ىىٓ ىار هة‬،‫ ظ ى يٓ ٍٔ هر‬،‫ ظ ىاًْ هر‬،َ‫ يٌ ىخ ىع ِّٓرًٍٗ ى‬،‫ يٌ ىخ ىع ِّٓري ٍك ىف‬،‫يٌ ىخ ىع ِّٓ هر‬ make: ‫ا ً ٍج ىؿ ٍو‬
‫ ىحَّٔاةًی ٍ ىن‬،‫َّاب ج ىحَّٔاة ي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ىحٔ ه‬
Gives meaning of purity. me:‫ن ً ٍی‬
 Man makes mistakes repeatedly. He does what should not be done and does
not do what should be done properly. Therefore, repeated repentance is
required.
 The conditions for Tawbah/Repentance:
1. Confession of mistake.
2. Determination not to repeat the same mistake.
3. Restoration of lost rights.
 Every kind of purity needs to be adopted for offering prayers (Salah). Clothes
and the place should be pure and clean and similarly, our prayers should be
completely free from all kinds of worldly thoughts.
70
Lesson No‫۔‬10 (Part- B)

Grammar
Demonstrative Pronouns
Every language has some words which are used to point at something. For
example, in English, you say ‘This and That’.
Such words are called Demonstrative pronouns. In Arabic, you will say‫اشٍاء ا ًالشارہ‬
And the thing which is pointed at is called‫ار ا ً ىى ٍ٘ ًہ‬
‫ يٌشى ه‬.
‫ اشً االشارہ‬is of two types:

1. Demonstrative Pronoun for near/‫ اشً االشارہ ىيقٗب‬as you say in English ‘This &
These’
2. Demonstrative Pronoun for far/ ‫اشً االشارہ ىيتؿ٘د‬as you say in English ‘That &
Those’
‫اسم االشارہ للبعید‬ ‫اسم االشارہ للقریب‬
‫ٌؤُد‬/‫ٌذَک‬ ‫ٌؤُد‬ ‫ٌذَک‬ ‫ٌؤُد‬/‫ٌذَک‬ ‫ٌؤُد‬ ‫ٌذَک‬
‫ک‬
‫اي ٍكىٰئ ً ى‬ ‫ح ً ٍي ى‬
‫ک‬ ‫ٰذى ً ى‬
‫ک‬ ‫ْٰ يؤ ى َال ًء‬ ‫ْٰ ًذہ‬ ‫ْٰ ىذا‬
Those That That These This This
Examples:
That boy ‫ک ا ٍى ىٔ ىى يد‬
‫ذٰى ً ى‬ This man ‫ْٰ ىذا اى َّر يج يو‬
Those boys ‫أ ي ٍكىٰئ ً ى‬
‫ک ا ٍالى ٍك ىالدي‬ These men ‫ْٰ يؤ ى َال ًء اى ِّر ىجا يؿ‬
That girl ‫ک ا ٍىب ً ٍِ يج‬
‫ح ً ٍي ى‬ This woman ‫اال ٌٍ ىرأى ية‬
ً ٍ ً ‫ْٰ ًذہ‬
Those girls ‫أيكىٰئ ً ى‬
‫ک ا ٍىب ى ىِاتي‬ These women ‫ْٰ يؤ ى َال ًء اى ِِّ ىصا يء‬
71
Remember! If ‘‫ ’اشً االشارہ‬i.e. a Demonstrative Pronoun is followed by a noun used with

‫ اؿ‬i.e. a Proper noun, then the sentence remains incomplete and does not make
sense. To make a complete sentence, we have to use a noun or a verb after it. For
e.g. ‫ ذٰى ً ىک اى ىٍٔ ىى يد ىنتًی ٍ هر‬That boy is big‫۔‬
‫ ىصغًی ٍ ىر هة‬+‫ک ا ٍىب ً ٍِ يج‬
‫ ح ً ٍي ى‬That girl is small
If you use ‘common noun’ after demonstrative pronouns, it completes the sentence
and ‘is’ and ‘are’ will automatically come in English translation.
Examples:
That is a muslim. ًٍ‫ک يٌ ٍصي ه‬ ‫ذٰى ً ى‬ This is a book. ‫اب‬ ‫ْٰ ىذا ن ً ىخ ه‬
Those are disbelievers. ‫اف ٍك ىف‬‫کک ى ً ي‬
‫اي ٍكىٰئ ً ى‬ These are muslims. ‫ْٰ يؤ َال ًء يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
That is paradise. ‫ک ىج َِّ هث‬
‫ح ً ٍي ى‬ This is a tree. ‫ْٰ ًذہ ً ىش ىج ىر هة‬
Those are believing ‫ات‬ ‫أ ي ٍكىٰئ ً ى‬
ُ ِ‫ک يٌؤ ًٌ ى‬ These are believing ‫ْٰ يؤ َال ًء يٌؤ ًٌ ىِ ه‬
‫ات‬
women. women.
Rule: If‫ار ا ً ىى ٍ٘ ًہ‬

‫ يٌشى ه‬is a ‫(جٍؽ ٌهَّس‬Broken plural), then the Demonstrative Pronoun (‫)اشً االشارہ‬
used is usually singular feminine.
‫ْٰ ًذہ ًا ٍلهيخ ييب‬
‫ک ٍاالىَّٗ ياـ‬
‫ح ً ٍي ى‬
‫اىر يش يو‬
ُّ ‫ک‬‫ح ً ٍي ى‬
Note: Remember, in the Qur’an ‫ ذٰى ً ىک‬، ‫ ح ً ٍي ىک‬،‫ اي كىٰئ ً ىک‬are occasionally used for ‘this and
these’ as well.
72
Lesson No. 10 (Part-C)

Exercise
Q.1. Write the meanings of the following words:
‫ف ً ٍی‬ ‫ىخ ىص ىِ هث‬
‫ىحَّٔاةًی ٍ ىن‬ َّ‫اًال‬
‫ک‬
‫اي ٍكىٰئ ً ى‬ ‫يٌ ىخ ىع ِّٓ هر‬
Q.2. Add ‘Demonstrative Pronouns of far distance’ for the given nouns:
‫ىصاى ً ىد ه‬
................................................... ‫ات‬
...................................................... ‫ظ ىاى ً هب‬
...................................................... ‫ة ي ي٘ ٍٔ هت‬
‫ًى‬
...................................................... ‫ِص هاط‬
..................................................... ‫ىؾاة ً ىد هة‬

‫اب‬‫ْٰ ىذا ن ً ىخ ه‬
ً‫ک يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬‫ٰذى ً ى‬
‫ْٰ يؤ ىال ًء ىصاى ً يد ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ح ً ٍي ى‬
‫ک ىصاة ً ىر هة‬
‫ْٰ ًذہ ًٌ ٍد ىر ىش هث‬
Q.4. Translate the following sentences into Arabic

That is from Allah This is the Qur’an
These are misguided Those are Muslim women
This is my house These are the verses of the Qur’an
73
Lesson No. 11 (Part-A)

The purpose of the revelation of the Qur'an
In the previous lessons you have learnt about the supplications and chants
(Tasbeehat) related to prayers (Salah). Now let’s move on to the Qur’an.
َّ َ‫أؾي ٍٔذي ةًاہللً ًٌ ى‬
ًًٍ٘ ‫بً ٍص ًً اہللً اى َّر ٍخ ٍٰ ًَ اى َّرخ‬،ًً ٍ٘ ‫اىش ٍ٘ ىعا ًف اى َّر ًج‬
‫يٌ ىت ىار هک‬ ‫ک‬

‫إى ٍى٘ ى‬ ‫اىٍُزى ٍى ىِاہي‬ ‫ن ً ىخ ه‬
‫اب‬
Blessed one to you We have revealed it (This) is a book
‫ا ٰلی‬: to, ‫ ىک‬: you ‫اىٍُزى ٍى ىِا‬: We have revealed , ‫ ہ‬: this ‫ ينخ هيب‬pl. ‫اب‬
‫ن ً ىخ ه‬
Allah (SWT) has narrated in this verse: ‘O people, this book which we have
given you is full of blessings.’
Allah (SWT) has kept the good of both worlds in His book, ‘the Quran’. Allah
(SWT) has placed many unusual blessings in this unique speech. Reciting the Qur’an,
listening to it, pondering on it and understanding its meaning, requirements and
demands, trying to follow what He has stated as Halal (legal), and avoiding what has
been stated as Haram (forbidden), enlightening lives with its teachings, and then
leading a life according to it. In all respects, there is only goodness and success in this
book for mankind.
This is the same book that had been read and understood by the Companions
of the Prophet (PBUH) – the same book on which they modelled their lives. As a
result of which their lives changed. Within 100 years, they became the superpower of
the world. Their knowledge, good values and behaviour made them role models for
the rest of the world.
Today, we Muslims are deprived of the real blessings of the Book and are only
satisfied with its external and material blessings. We keep it in a safe place as
decoration. We read it only for the blessings it will bring to our homes and our shops.
74
We use it to take false oaths, place the Qur'an on our heads or use it to find a cure for
the sick. But we have lost the real purpose - although we read it, we are unwilling to
understand it, to make efforts, to find out what Allah (SWT) is telling us - and if we
don’t understand then how will we follow its teachings.
Of course, it cannot be denied that the recitation (tilawat) of this book has its
rewards. But the rewards of reading with understanding cannot be obtained only
through recitation.
Indeed, this is a ‘book of blessings'.
Allah (SWT) has explained the purpose of revelation in the following verse.
ً ‫أيكىي ٍٔا اِلٍ ى ٍى ىت‬ َّ ‫ى ً ى٘ َّدةَّري ٍكا‬

‫اب‬ ‫ك ى ً ىی ىخ ىذ ى‬
‫َک‬ ‫ٰاٰٗخ ً ًہ‬
Those of And so that they may its verses So that they ponder
understanding take lessons from it
َّ
‫ ًؿ‬:so that , ‫ذَک‬ ً ‫أيكىي ٍٔا اِلٍ ى ٍى ىت‬: ‫ فؿو‬+‫ ؿ‬: so that
‫ ىٗ ىخ ى‬:to get advice, ‫اب‬ ‫ات‬
‫ِه(ج) ٰاٗى ه‬
‫ اٗىث‬Sign,
The people of
verses
ً‫ اش‬+‫ؿ‬: For ‫ ىح ىدةُّ ٍر‬to
understanding/wisdom/intellect. think about
Allah (SWT) has mentioned two main purposes of the revelation of the Qur'an.
1. To ponder or reflect upon 2. To take lessons from it.
And who will fulfil these two purposes?
Allah, the Exalted says, 'The people of wisdom and intellect will’. Now we have
to decide whether we are among them or not. If we are, Allah (SWT) is addressing us
in this verse.
Indeed, Allah (SWT) has given us such a great blessing but instead of taking
advantage of this blessing, instead of following the way He has shown, we cry out of
disappointment and helplessness.
The Prophet (PBUH) of Allah (SWT) said: ‘Listen to my words carefully and you will
flourish. I am leaving behind two things: Allah's book and my Sunnah. Hold them
fast (tightly) and you will not go astray.’
75
Understanding the Qur'an is easy (Suratul Qamar: 22)

‫َک‬ ِّ ً ‫ى‬
ً ٍ ‫يذ‬ ٍ ‫ا ٍى ي‬
‫قا ىَف‬ ‫َّسُىا‬
ٍ َّ ‫ىی‬ ‫ىك ىى ىل ٍد‬
To understand and The Qur’an We made And certainly
remember easy
‫ذ ً ٍ ه‬:to memorize/to
‫َک‬ ‫اىقا ىَف‬:
ٍ ‫ ي‬The one ‫يَّس‬
‫ ی ٍ ه‬Easy ‫ ىؿ‬: Indeed. It is used for
understand and take which is recited ‫َّس‬
‫ ؾي ٍ ه‬Difficult emphasis.
lessons repeatedly . :‫ئةي‬
ٰ َّ‫ ك ٍد كىا ىٌجً اىص‬:‫ ىك ٍد‬Certainly,
the Salah is established.
In the previous verse, we have read that Allah has revealed this book for
ponderation, understanding and taking lessons from it. Now, if one wants to study
the Qur'an, there are two ways: (i) either to read the translations of the Qur'an or (ii)
read the Qur'an in its language i.e., Arabic.
Which method is better? Every literate person knows that a book can only be
enjoyed, when it is read in its original language and not its translation, and more so in
this case because the Qur’an is the word of Allah (SWT) and its translation is the word
of man. It is difficult for a human being to translate the words of another human
being and here we are speaking about the word of Allah (SWT) himself. How can
anyone do justice to it? We find it so difficult to translate the poems of Allama Iqbal
or Mirza Ghalib and even after a lot of contemplation, we are not able to get the
exact meanings of their poems in the translations.
The Quran is the word of Allah (SWT). Allah (SWT) has Himself called it a
miracle. Then how is it possible for any human to translate it and convey its exact
message?
Translation can never produce what is in the original language. The clarity of
words, their expression, their rhythm and tone, and the luminous effect of its verses
are evident in the original language and it is impossible to bring all these in
translations.
76
One finds hundreds of translations in the market; each one is different from the
other because translation is a human approach and each person thinks differently
and writes differently. Whereas the Qur'an is the word of Allah (SWT) which was
revealed fourteen hundred years ago is still the same and its effect remains
unchanged.
‫ ىٌا ًٌ ىَ اِل ٍُب ً ى٘ َا ًء ُ ى ًي ٌّی إالَّ أ ي ٍؾ ًع ىٖ ىٌا ًٌ ٍريي يہ َا ىٌ ىَ ىؾيى٘ ًہ ا ٍى ىت ي‬: ً‫ كىا ىؿ اى َِّي يی ىصلَّی اہللي ىؾيى٘ ًہ ك ىش َّي ى‬:‫ كىا ىؿ‬، ؓ ‫ىؾ ٍَ أب ً ٍی ْي ىرٍٗ ىر ىة‬
‫ۡش كاًُ َّ ىٍا ى‬
‫کاف‬
ٍ ‫َّاى ًذ ٍم أيكح ًٍ٘ يج ىك ٍخ ن٘ا أىك ىخاہي اہللي الً ى َّی ف‬
)‫ىأر يج ٍٔ أىف أى ين ٍٔ ىف أى ٍنث ى ىرْيً ٍ ىحابً نؿا ٗى ىٔـ اىل ىً٘ا ىٌ ًث (ةخارم‬
Narrated by Abu Hurairah (RA): The Prophet (‫ )ﷺ‬said, "Every Prophet was
given miracles because of which people believed, but what I have been given, is
Divine Inspiration which Allah has revealed to me. So I hope that my followers will
outnumber the followers of the other Prophets on the Day of Resurrection."
77
Lesson No. 11(Part-B)

Grammar
Nominal Sentence ‫ىا ٍى يج ٍٍ ىي يث ٍاال ًٍشٍ ً َّ٘ يث‬

We combine different words to make a sentence. A sentence makes complete sense.
If a sentence begins with a noun, it is called a ‘Nominal sentence’ i.e. ‫اى ٍى يج ٍٍ ىي يث ٍاال ًٍشًٍ َّ٘ يث‬
- ‫اال ٍشٍ ً َّ٘ يث‬

ً ٍ ‫ اىىٍ يج ٍٍ ىي يث‬These are sentences that begin with an ُ‫ اِظ‬/Noun.
If a sentence begins with a verb, it is called ‫( اى ٍى يج ٍٍ ىي يث ا ٍىف ًٍؿي ً َّ٘ يث‬Verbal Sentence).
In this lesson, we will learn about the Nominal sentence.
A Nominal sentence i.e. ‫اال ٍشًٍَّ٘ث‬ ً ٍ ‫ اى ٍى يج ٍٍ ىي يث‬has two parts. Example: ‫ہلل اى ىخ هد‬
‫‘ ا ي‬Allah is one’ and
‘the house is big’ ‫ىا ٍىب ً ٍ٘ يج ىنتًی ٍ هر‬
The first part is called the Subject i.e. ‫ يٌبخدا‬from where the sentence begins and the
second part is called the Predicate i.e. ‫خبر‬
Pesh is added at the end of both‫ يٌبخدا‬and‫ خبر‬. Example: ‫اى ٍىب ً ٍ٘ يج ىنتًی ٍ هر‬
But Tanveen of Pesh is put only at the end of the Predicate(‫)خبر‬.
Generally, the Subject (‫ ) يٌبخدا‬begins with ‫ اي‬and the ‫خبر‬is without ‫اي‬.
And we know very well that a noun with ‫ اي‬does not accept Tanveen.
We must remember that ‫ يٌبخدا‬and‫ خبر‬are similar to each other as you read in ‘ ،‫ٌٔصٔؼ‬
‫ ’صفج‬i.e these two show similarity in their number (singular, dual, plural) and gender
(masculine or feminine forms).
78
Read the following examples carefully for a better understanding –

Examples:
Meaning Predicate Subject
‫خبر‬ ‫ٌبخدا‬
The man is pious ‫ىصاى ً هح‬ ‫اى َّر يج يو‬ Masculine singular
Both the men are pious. ‫ىصاى ً ىدا ًف‬ ‫اىى َّر يج ىَل ًف‬ Masculine dual
The men are pious. ‫ىصاى ً يد ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىاى ِّر ىجا يؿ‬ Masculine plural
The believing woman is truthful. ‫ىصاد ً ىك هث‬ ‫ىا ٍى يٍ ٍؤ ًٌ ىِ يث‬ Feminine singular
Both the believing ‫ىصاد ً ىك ىخا ًف‬ ‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍؤ ًٌ ىِ ىخا ًف‬ Feminine dual
women are truthful.
The believing women are truthful. ‫ىصادًك ه‬
‫ىات‬ ‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍؤ ًٌ ىِاتي‬ Feminine plural
 Like Nouns, pronouns are also made Subjects i.e. ‫ٌبخدا‬but pesh does not appear
on them.
 And when ‫خبر‬is Dual i.e.‫حرِ٘ہ‬, it will be with "‫ "ان‬and when the ‫ خبر‬is ً‫(جٍؽ شاى‬solid
plural), it will be with "‫"ون‬.
Some easy Examples:

He is a Muslim. ً‫ْي ىٔ يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
They (both) are Muslims. ‫ْي ىٍا يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬
They are Muslims. ‫ْي ًٍ يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
You are Muslim. ً‫اىُ ٍ ىج يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
You (two) are Muslims. ‫اىٍُخ ىيٍا يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬
You (all) are Muslims. ‫اْمُتْن يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
I am a Muslim. ً‫اىُىا يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
We are Muslims. ‫ُ ٍد يَ يٌ ٍصي ً يٍ ٍٔ ىف‬
79

Exercise
Q.1.Write meanings of the given words -

‫اي ٍكىي ٍٔا‬ ‫يٌ ىت ىار هک‬
‫يَّس‬
‫یٍه‬ ‫اى ٍى ىت ه‬
‫اب‬
‫ىي هٌب‬ ‫َّس‬
‫ؾي ٍ ه‬
Q.2. Translate the following sentences into English -

‫اى ٍىب ى ٍ٘ يج ىج ًدٍٗ هد‬ ‫ىك ْي ىٔ صاد هًؽ‬
‫ىك ْي ىٍا يٌ ٍصي ً ىٍا ًف‬ ً‫ىف ىاُ ىا يٌ ٍصي ً ه‬
‫اى ٍل ًه ىخ ي‬
ً‫اب ىك ًدٍٗ ه‬ ‫اى ٍى يٍؤ ًٌ يَ ىصاى ً هح‬
‫اىٍُخ ىيٍا ىؾاة ً ىدا ًف‬ ‫اى ٍى ىٔ ىى يد ىنتًی ٍ هر‬
Q.3. Translate the following sentences into Arabic -

I am a helper.
The man is truthful.
And we are pious women.
You (two) are believers.
Thus, you all are worshippers.
80
Lesson No. 12 (Part-A)
‫ىك ىؾ َّي ىٍ يہ‬ َّ

ٍ ‫ىت ىؿي ىً ا ٍى ي‬
‫قا ىَف‬ ٍَ ٌ‫ى‬ ًٍ ‫ىخیٍري ين‬
And teaches it Learns the is the one who The best among you
Qur’an
ً‫ ىؾ َّي ى‬root ً‫ ىت ىؿ َّي ى‬root ٌَ‫ ى‬i.e. who, is used as a ‫ ىخی ٍ هر‬good & better
meaning is ‘to meaning is relative pronoun (the one)
teach’ ‘to learn if it comes in the middle
and ٌَ‫ ى‬i.e. who, used as a
question if comes in the
beginning ‫ىٌ ٍَ ىرةُّک؟‬
 In this hadith, the person who learns and teaches the Qur'an is said to be ‘the
best of people’.
 The knowledge of the Qur’an is considered to be the best of all sciences

because the knowledge of the Qur'an connects a slave of Allah to Allah (SWT).
 The best men are those who do both i.e., learn and teach. Make an intention
now itself that ‘I will learn the Qur’an and teach it to others, in sha Allah.’
 None of us can claim that we have gained the entire knowledge of the Qur'an
because the knowledge of the Qur'an is a vast and endless treasure that can
never finish. Our future generations will continue to learn and teach the Qur'an
and seek guidance from it until the Day of Judgment. Its knowledge will never
end.
 Learning the Qur'an does not only mean learning to recite it. It is essential to
understand and ponder over its teachings.
81
 Our Prophet Mohammed (PBUH) was a teacher of the Qur'an. He not only recited
the Qur'an but also taught its meaning to others, and further guided and trained
people based on its teachings.
 The Qur'an is the sacred word of Allah (SWT) and it is indeed vast. How much we
gain from it depends upon our desire to learn and understand.
The reward of the actions and deeds depends on the intention

ً ‫ةًاى ِِّ ى٘ا‬
‫ت‬ ‫ا ًُ َّ ىٍا ٍاال ى ٍؾ ىٍا يؿ‬
On intentions The deeds depend only
‫ُ ً َّ٘ هث ج ًُ٘ ه‬
‫َّات‬ ‫اؿ‬
‫ىؾ ىٍ هو ج اى ٍؾ ىٍ ه‬ ‫ اًُ َّ ىٍا‬: Only , Mere
 The result of our actions is according to our intention.

 We have to learn the Qur'an only for the pleasure of Allah.
 Allah, the Exalted, does not accept actions that involve hypocrisy and showing
off.
Supplication to gain knowledge

‫ؾًي نٍٍا‬ ‫زً ٍدن ً ٍی‬ ‫ىر ِّب‬
In knowledge Increase me O’ my Allah
‫ زً ٍد‬Make an increase, It is ‫ارب ِّ ٍی‬
‫ىٗ ى‬
‫ نًی‬me
 Allah (SWT) taught this dua (Supplication) to the Prophet (PBUH), particularly
for memorizing the Qur'an. In the beginning, when Jibraeel (A.S) used to bring
the revelation, he (PBUH) used to repeat the revelation quickly along with
Jibraeel (A.S). The Prophet (PBUH) always used to make an effort to try and
learn every word - lest he would miss or forget anything. Allah (SWT) saw this
condition of His Prophet (PBUH) and said:
۱ ۱: ‫ک ىك ٍخ ي٘ يہ ىك يك ٍو َّر ِّب زً ٍدن ً ٍی ؾًيٍٍ ىا۔ يش ٍٔ ىرةي ٰظ ٰہ‬ ْٓ ‫ىال ىت ٍؿ ىج ٍو ة ً ي‬
‫اىقآ ًف ًٌ ٍَ ك ٍىت ًو ىا ٍف ُّی ٍل ٰض ٍی اًى ٍى٘ ى‬
82
 Translation: Do not hasten with (recitation of) the Qur'an before its revelation
is completed to you. "And say, O’ Lord, increase me in knowledge.”
(Surah Taha:114)
)۱ : ‫ک ى ً ىخ ٍؿ ىج ىو ة ً ًہ ۔ إ ً َّف ىؾ ىي ٍی ىِا ىج ٍٍ ىؿ يہ ىك ي ٍُق َاُ ى يہ ۔ ( يش ٍٔ ىرةي اىل ىً٘ا ىٌث‬ ِّ ‫ىال حي ى‬
‫َح ٍک ة ً ًہ ى ً ىصاُ ى ى‬
 ‘O Prophet (PBUH), do not move your tongue so fast to memorize the Qur'an
quickly. Believe it, it is our responsibility to arrange for recitation and
memorization.’
 This is the dua for an increase in knowledge and knowledge has no limits.
Use of pen for learning

ً‫ةًا ٍى ىلي ًى‬ ً‫ىؾ َّي ى‬ ‫اى َّى ًذ ٍم‬
With the pen Taught The One who
‫ ًب‬with, ‫ىكي هىً ج اىك ىٍَل هـ‬ ً‫ ىت ٍؿي ً ٍ٘ ه‬, Teacher :ً‫يٌ ىؿ ِّي ه‬ َ‫ اى َّى ًذٍٗ ى‬- ‫اى َّى ًذ ٍم‬
 We have read the supplication (Dua). Now we have to start learning - and for
learning, we have to use a pen.
 The Prayer alone does not work. We also have to make efforts to learn by
adopting different ways and one of the most effective ways is the use of a ‘pen’
for learning.
When one sit’s down to write something, all other parts of our body calm down
and we focus on our writing. Our minds, eyes, hands, and fingers altogether
participate in this learning process.
 Thus, you should also try to do your homework daily, as it will add pace to your
learning.
83
Learn with effort - by working hard

‫ىؾ ىٍ نَل‬ َ‫أى ٍخ ىص ي‬ ًٍ ‫اى ُّٗهي‬
in action will be better (than others) which of you
‫اؿ‬
‫ىؾ ىٍ هو ج اٍ ٍؾ ىٍ ه‬ َ‫ ىخ ىص ه‬good َ‫ أى ٍخ ىص ي‬better ‫ أى ُّم‬Which of
 We have now started learning, so what is the best way to learn? Learning with
great effort, so that you can teach others after this course is over.
 When we hire someone as an employee, we expect and wish that they do
whatever work we assign with great effort and in the best possible manner.
 This is exactly what Allah, the Exalted demands and expects us to do –
Whatever work and actions that we do – be it prayers, fasting, remembering
Allah (SWT), reciting the Qur’an as well as other worldly things that we may do
- be it in the house or office, we should do it to the best of our abilities and in
the most outstanding manner.
 Allah (SWT) looks at the quality rather than quantity in the deeds of His
servants.
)ً‫ (صد٘ح ٌصي‬. َ‫ََخٍٗ ى‬ ‫ ا ً َّف ا ى‬:‫ اى َّف اى َِّ ًيی ﷺ كىا ىؿ‬: ؓ‫اب‬
ً ‫ہلل ٗىرٍ ىف يؽ ة ً ٰٓ ىذا ا ٍل ًه ىخ‬
ً ‫اب اىك ىٍٔا نٌا ىك ىی ىض يؽ ة ًہ ا ى‬ ً ‫ىؾ ٍَ ؾي ىٍ ىر ةٍ ًَ ا ٍى ىخ َّع‬
Narrated by Umar Farooq RA he said, The Prophet (PBUH)
said, “Indeed, Allah raises the status of people by this book, and by it he
degrades others.”
84
Lesson No. 12(Part-B)

Grammar
In the previous lessons, we have learned a lot about a noun)ً‫ (إ ً ٍش‬and particle)‫َحؼ‬
ٍ ‫ ( ى‬s.
Today we will read about verbs )‫(ف ًٍؿو‬.
A verb)‫ (ف ًٍؿو‬is a word that shows the doing or happening of something at a certain
time. For example,
‫َض ىب‬
‫ ى ى‬: He hit
‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ ىی‬: He hits or will hit‫۔‬
In Arabic, the verb )‫ (ف ًٍؿو‬has two tenses:
Past/Perfect tense(‫) ف ًٍؿو ىٌاضًی‬and Imperfect tense( ‫) ف ًٍؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬
 Past/Perfect tense )‫ ) ف ًٍؿو ىٌاضًی‬indicates the doing or happening of an action in

‫ ىاک ى ى‬He ate or ‫َش ىب‬
the past tense e.g., ‫و‬ ً ‫ ى‬He drank.
 Imperfect tense )‫ (ف ًٍؿو يٌ ٍضارً ٍع‬It indicates the doing or happening of action in the
present or something that will happen in the future. This will be taught later in
the coming lessons.
In this lesson, we will learn a few forms of ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬which are made up of three letters.
‫ف ًٍؿو ىٌاضً ٍی‬: which are made up of three letters, have three forms: ‫ ف ىىؿ ىو‬، ‫ ىف يؿ ىو‬، ‫ىف ًؿ ىو‬
Today, we will learn the first form of‫فؿو ٌاضی‬. Example:
‫( ىن ى ى‬He helped) ‫َض ىب‬

‫( ىف ىخحى‬He opened) ‫( ىخي ىىق‬He created) ‫َص‬ ‫( ى ى‬He hit)
85
Meaning Past tense: ‫ف ًٍؿو ىٌاضً ٍی‬

He did ‫ف ىىؿ ىو‬
They did ‫ف ىىؿيي ٍٔا‬
You did ‫ف ىىؿي ىىج‬
You (all) did ً‫ف ىىؿ ٍيخ ٍي‬
I did ‫ف ىىؿي يىج‬
We did ‫ف ىىؿ ٍي ىِا‬
See the changes occurring at the end of the word to identify ‫( فؿو ٌاضی‬Past
tense). The last letter will be as ‫ ُىا‬، ‫ تي‬،ًٍ ‫ حي‬،‫ ىت‬،‫ٍكا‬
Similarly, you can form other verbs that are of similar pattern. Example: ‫ ىخي ىىق‬، ‫ىف ىخحى‬
‫َض ىب‬ ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫ ى ى‬، ‫َص‬
He created ‫ىخي ىىق‬
They created ‫ىخ ىي يل ٍٔا‬
You created ‫ىخ ىي ٍل ىج‬
You (all) created ً‫ىخ ىي ٍلخ ٍي‬
I created ‫ىخ ىي ٍل يج‬
We created ‫ىخ ىي ٍل ىِا‬
Meaning ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬ Meaning ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬

He helped ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص‬ He opened ‫ىف ىخحى‬
They helped ‫ىن ى ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬ They opened ‫ىف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬
You helped ‫َص ىت‬ ٍ ‫ىن ى‬ You opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىج‬
You (all) helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
ًٍ ‫َصحي‬ You (all) opened ً‫ىف ىخدخ ٍي‬
I helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
‫َصتي‬ I opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد يج‬
We helped ‫َصُ ىا‬
ٍ ‫ىن ى‬ We opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىِا‬
86
Meaning ‫ف ًٍؿو ىٌاضًی‬

He hit ‫َض ىب‬ ‫ىى‬
They hit ‫َضة ي ٍٔا‬
‫ىى‬
You hit ‫َضةٍ ىج‬
‫ىى‬
You (all) hit ً‫َضةٍخ ٍي‬
‫ىى‬
I hit ‫َضةٍ يج‬‫ىى‬
We hit ‫َضةٍ ىِا‬
‫ىى‬
Some more forms of ‫و‬

‫ف ىىؿ ى‬
He wrote ‫ىن ىخ ىب‬ He worshipped ‫ىؾ ىت ىد‬
He disbelieved ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫ِف‬ He made ‫ىج ىؿ ىو‬
He oppressed ً‫ػى ي ىى‬ He nourished ‫ىرزى ىؽ‬
He ate ‫أىک ى ىو‬ He asked ‫ىش ىئ ىو‬
87

Exercise
Q.1. Complete the table of ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬of the given verbs and also write the
translation of the verbs in the first column-
‫ىؾ ىت ىد‬ ‫ىِف‬
‫غىى‬ He made ‫ىج ىؿ ىو‬
Q.2. Translate the following into English-

‫ػى ي ٍىٍ ىِا‬
ً‫ىج ىؿ ىو ىلهي‬
‫َضةٍ ىج‬
‫ىى‬
‫ِفُىا‬
ٍ ‫ىف ىغ ى‬
Q.3. Translate the following into the Arabic language-

They made
You (all) helped
We did for you
And I made for him
88
Lesson: 13 (Part- A)
Surah – Al – Ikhlas
Introduction: It is a short chapter (Surah) but its explanation and meaning are very
significant. Allah introduces Himself in this Surah through the Prophet (PBUH). The
polytheists of Makkah would ask the Prophet (PBUH) about the lineage of
Allah(SWT), they would ask him to tell something about the entity he regarded as
God, to whose worship he called. Allah (SWT) revealed this Surah in response. And He
said, ''O Prophet! The people ask you about me. Tell them who I am. What is my
name? What are my attributes?”
 Once the Prophet (PBUH) asked the people to gather and said, “I would recite
one-third of the Qur’an.” Therefore, the people who could have, gathered, the
Prophet (PBUH) came and recited Surah Ikhlas and said: this Surah is equal to
one-third of the Qur’an (Saheeh Muslim).
 The name of this Surah is Ikhlas. It means to make something PURE.
We say in Urdu: “This honey is 'Khalis' (pure).” That is to say that it is not
adulterated. In the same way, this Surah purifies the faith and belief of mankind.
Whoever recites the Surah with comprehension and belief, his ideology will turn
pure In sha Allah.
‫أعوذ باہلل من الشیطان الرجیم بسم اہلل الرحمن الرحیم‬
‫اى ىخ هد‬ ‫اہللي‬ ٔ‫ه ىي‬ ‫يك ٍو‬

(is)one Allah He Say
‫ ىكا ىؿ ىی يل ٍٔ يؿ كىائ ً هو ك ٍىٔ هؿ‬Its basic meaning is “To say". It has been repeated in the Qur’an
more than 1600 times.
89
 Allah is the entity Who is One and Alone. He has no partner. He created
the entire universe with His power. And He alone is running the system of
this universe.
 No one is a partner in His nature and existence, nor is anyone a partner in

His rights and authority. He is alone in His entity and attributes.
 We must introspect how many times we listen to the words of others
instead of listening to the Lord whom we confess to be the one. While
disobeying Allah, sometimes we listen to ourselves, sometimes to Satan,
and sometimes to our friends and relatives.
‫اىصَّ ىٍ يد‬ ‫اىہللي‬

Eternal and absolute Allah is
Everyone needs Him and He needs no one
‫ٗي ٍٔى ٍىد‬ ً‫ىك ى ٍى‬ ‫ىٗي ً ٍد‬ ً‫ى ٍى‬

And nor is he begotten He did neither beget
Words derived from the same root: ،‫ل َم ٗىي ً ٍد‬:it is used for negation in the past tense
ٍَٗ ً ٍ ً ٍ ً ً ‫ى‬
ً ‫ ىكاى ىد‬،‫ ك ىال ىدة‬،‫اى ٍك ىال ٍد‬،‫ ىكاى ىدة‬،‫ ىكاى ٍد‬،‫ٗي ٍٔى ٍد‬
(did not)
‫لَن‬:It is used for negation in the future
tense (will not)
 Allah has no son and no father. He is forever and will remain forever. Children
and parents are human needs and needs are weaknesses. And the Almighty
Allah is free from all sorts of weaknesses.
 This verse negates the belief of all those who believe that Allah has a son.
Particularly, the Christians who regard Jesus Christ as the son of Allah.
90
‫اى ىخ هد‬ ‫ينف نئا‬ ‫َّىه‬ ٍَ ‫ىٗهي‬ ً‫ىك ى ٍى‬

Anyone comparable For him is And not
Like, equal:‫ينف نئا‬
‫ ىا ىخ هد‬One, anyone
 ‫ ى ٍى٘ ىس ىنٍ ً ٍريًه ىش ٍی هء‬There is none like Allah, neither in essence, nor in attributes, nor
in rights and authorities. Those who associate others with the attributes of
Allah have failed to recognize Allah.
 This short Surah has cut the root of polytheism itself.
A Companion’s Narrative
An Ansari companion used to lead the prayers in Masjid-e- Quba. He used
to recite Surah Al-Ikhlas after Surah Al- Fatiha and then recite another Surah. It
means he offered no rakaat without Surah Ikhlas. When enquired by the Prophet
(PBUH) he replied that he loved the Surah very much. The Prophet (PBUH) said,
''Your love for this Surah has made you enter Jannah.” (Tirmidhi)
 It is a cause of concern for us that we recite this Surah, not for love but to
shorten and finish our Namaz as quickly as possible as it is a very short
surah. May Allah protect us!
91
Lesson:13 (Part-B)
Grammar
In today's lesson, you will learn another form of the past verb: ‫و‬
‫ ىف ًؿ ى‬. Like ‫ ( ىشًٍ ىؽ‬He
listened) ً‫ ( ىؾي ً ى‬He knew) ‫ ( ىخ ًص ىب‬He thought)
‫( ىخًٍ ىد‬He praised)‫( ىؾًٍ ىو‬He acted) ‫( ىشه ً ىد‬He bore witness) ًً‫( ىرخ ى‬He had mercy)
‫( ىخف ىًغ‬He Protected)
The second form of the past verb, ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬
The past verb

‫س ـع‬ )‫(ؼ ًع ىؿ‬
‫ى‬
He heard ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ‬ ‫ىف ًؿ ىو‬
They heard ‫ىشًٍ يؿٔا‬ ‫ىف ًؿ يي ٍٔا‬
You heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىج‬ ‫ىف ًؿي ىٍج‬
You (all) heard ً‫ىشًٍ ٍؿخ ٍي‬ ً‫ىف ًؿ ٍيخ ٍي‬
I heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ يج‬ ‫ىف ًؿي يٍج‬
We heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىِا‬ ‫ىف ًؿ ٍي ىِا‬
The past Verb ‫ ) ىخ ًص ىب( فؿو ٌاضی‬The Past Verb (‫)ع ؿ ـ‬

He thought ‫ىخ ًص ىب‬ He knew ً‫ىؾي ً ى‬
They thought ‫ىخ ًصتي ٍٔا‬ They knew ‫ىؾي ً يٍ ٍٔا‬
You thought ‫ىخ ًص ٍت ىج‬ You knew ‫ىؾي ً ٍٍ ىج‬
You (all) thought ً‫ىخ ًصبٍخ ٍي‬ You (all)knew ً‫ىؾي ً ٍٍخ ٍي‬
I thought ‫ىخ ًص ٍت يج‬ I knew ‫ىؾي ً ٍٍ يج‬
We thought ‫ىخ ًصب ٍ ىِا‬ We knew ‫ىؾي ً ٍٍ ىِا‬
92
On the same scale, you may form further verbs such as:
‫( ىخًٍ ىد‬He praised) ‫( ى ًف ىح‬He was happy ) ‫( ىفل ً ىہ‬He understood) ‫( ىحت ً ىؽ‬He followed )
‫( ىخف ىًغ‬He Protected) ‫َّس‬
‫( ىخ ً ى‬He lost)
Rule: Adding )‫ ) ىٌا‬before the past verb ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬, gives the meaning of (did not) for
example He did ‫و‬ ٍ ‫ ىن ى‬I did not help ‫َصتي‬
‫(ف ىىؿ ى‬He did not do) ‫ٌا ف ىىؿ ىو‬, I helped ‫َصتي‬ ٍ ‫ٌا ىن ى‬
He heard ‫ س ِمع‬He did not hear ‫ىٌا ىشًٍ ىؽ‬
(‫ )س ج د‬The past verb ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬

‫ ( فؿو ٌاضی ٌِفى‬Past verb negative) (‫فؿو ٌاضی )س ج د‬
He did not prostrate ‫ىٌا ىش ىج ىد‬ He prostrated ‫ىش ىج ىد‬
They did not prostrate ‫ىٌا ىش ىج يد ٍكا‬ They prostrated ‫ىش ىج يد ٍكا‬
You did not prostrate ‫ىٌا ىش ىج ٍد ىت‬ You prostrated ‫ىش ىج ٍد ىت‬
You all did not prostrate ًٍ ‫ٌا ىش ىج ٍدحي‬ You all prostrated ًٍ ‫ىش ىج ٍدحي‬
I did not prostrate ‫ىٌا ىش ىج ٍدتي‬ I prostrated ‫ىش ىجدٍتي‬
We did not prostrate ‫جدُىا‬
ٍ ‫ىٌا ىش‬ We prostrated ‫ىش ىج ٍدُىا‬
Similarly, you can give negative meaning (did not) by adding ‫ ٌا‬before‫فؿو ٌاضی‬
ٍ ‫ِ ًَّف ِہلِل أىٍْيًی ىن ًٌ ىَ اى َِّاس أىٍْ يو ا ٍى ي‬

) ؓ‫قٰا ًف ْي ًٍ اىٍْ يو اہللً ىك ىخا َّص يخہ (ٌصِد اخٍد ك نصام ك خانً ؾَ اُس‬ ‫ا‬
Verily, among the people some are the family members of Allah, those who are close
to the Qur'an are the family members of Allah and they are special to Him.
93
Part – C Exercise
Lesson – 13
Question 1: Complete the table of ‫( ىخًٍ ىد فؿو ٌاضی‬He praised) with

meaning on the Pattern of ‫ىف ًؿ ىو‬
He Praised ‫ىخًٍ ىد‬
Question 2: Complete the table of the ‫( ىرخ ىًً فؿو ٌاضی‬He had mercy) by
adding ‫ ىٌا‬with meaning:
He did not have mercy ًً‫ىٌا ىرخ ى‬
94
Question 3: Translate the following sentences in English:

‫ىٌا ىشًٍ ٍؿ يج‬
‫َّس ٍكا‬
‫ىخ ً ي‬
ٍ ‫ىٌا ىخفًؼٍ خ ٍيً ا ٍى ي‬

‫قٰا ىف‬
Question 4: Translate the following sentences in Arabic:
I knew
We had mercy on him
He heard and you knew.

95
Lesson: 14 (Part – A)
Introduction: Surah Al- Falaq
The last two Surahs (chapters) of the Qur'an are called‫ يٌ ىؿِّٔ ىذ ىحی ٍ ًن‬. It means “The two
Surahs that provide Allah’s refuge”.
In Hadith, these Surahs have been regarded as unique. That has no parallel.
Hazrat Ayesha (RA) describes that whenever a disease caught the Prophet
(PBUH), he recited these two Surahs and blew over his palms and then wiped them
over his entire body. Likewise, it was his routine to recite these Surahs while going to
bed.
The recitation of these Surahs in the morning and evening is the best remedy to
ward off all sorts of evil, jealousy and temptations.
These Surahs should be recited regularly in the morning and evening and
children should be made to learn them by heart so that they may be protected from
the ill effects of sorcery, etc.
ًً ًٍ٘ ‫ بً ٍص ًً اہللًاىرَّ ٍخ ٍٰ ًَ اىرَّخ‬،ًً٘ ‫اىش٘ نعا ًف اىرَّ ًج‬

ٍ َ‫اى نؾٔذيةًاہللً ًٌ ى‬
‫ا ٍى ىفي ًىق‬ ‫ة ً ىر ِّب‬ ‫اىؾي ٍٔذي‬ ‫يك ٍو‬
the daybreak With the Lord of I seek refuge (Male Say,
and Female)
‫ َفلَق‬: Literal meaning is ‘to tear’. Allah brings Tell, intimate
morning by tearing apart the gloom of the
night.
Today's man is living surrounded by calamities day and night, various types of
maladies and viruses. Therefore, man needs the protection of Allah all the time.
 To seek someone’s protection to rescue himself from feeling the fear of
something is called ‘seeking refuge’. It is demonstrated by saying '‫' اىؾي ٍٔذي‬
96
 The earth, the sky, the moon, the stars, the sun, the night and the day are all
creations of Allah. But the daybreak has been mentioned especially in this
verse. It is indicative of the fact that the Lord who can bring forth daybreak by
dispelling the darkness of the night, can also grant us peace and ease out of
unfavourable circumstances.
‫ىخي ىىق‬ ‫ىٌا‬ ِّ ‫ًٌ ٍَ ى‬

‫َش‬
what He created What From the evil of
‫ ىخي ىىق‬:‫فؿو ٌاضی‬ gives the meaning :‫ٌا‬ ‫( ي ي‬Plural) ‫ن ٌَّش‬
‫َش ٍك هر‬
‫ِه ىٌ ٍخيي ٍٔ هؽ‬
‫ىخاىًق‬ of 'what’, 'whatever'. Evil and trouble
 O Allah! I take refuge in you from the evil of the rest of the creatures.
 In this verse, refuge in Allah has been sought from all the problems that might
affect us in this world.
 Man does not know when and where he might be affected by the evil of any
living or non-living creatures. It is necessary for us to always be in the
protection of Allah. So that Allah may protect us from the evil of creatures.
‫ا ً ىذ ا ىكك ىىب‬ ‫غىاش وًق‬ ِّ ‫ىك ًٌ ٍَ ى‬

‫َش‬
It becomes intense (of) Darkness And from the evil
‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬:‫ىكك ىىب‬
When: ‫ا ً ىذا‬When: ٍ‫اًذ‬ َّ ‫ غ ىىص ًق‬The darkness of the night
‫اىي ٍ٘ ًو‬
 From the evil of the darkness of the night when it spreads everywhere and
covers the sky. Amid such gloom, a man can’t see anything. In such a situation
he is prone to get into trouble; he may fall into a pit, bump into a pillar, or a
poisonous snake or insect may sting. Thus, the way to prevent these is to take
refuge in the Creator of those harmful creations.
97
 Normally, man is free from daily work and activities at night. His mind is empty.
And an empty mind is a devil’s workshop. At this time sinful thoughts and
temptations start to occur in his heart. More evil deeds happen during night-
time than during the day, such as TV programs, cinema, clubs, illicit relations
and theft etc. So, it is incumbent upon us to avoid the evil of the night.
 That is why it is prohibited to send children out of the house at the time of
maghrib.
‫فًی ا ٍى يؿ ىل ًد‬ ً‫اى َِّ ّٰفرٰج‬ ِّ ‫ىك ًٌ ٍَ ى‬

‫َش‬
In the knots (of)Those who blow And form (the) evil
‫(ؾي ىل هد‬plural) ‫ ؾي ٍل ىد هة‬the meaning knot ‫ ىن َّفاذ ى هث‬plural ‫ات‬
‫ ىن َّفاذ ى ه‬The
‫ ىؾ ٍل هد‬the marriage. one who blows
 Generally, the magicians enchant polytheistic and paganism phrases and blow
on the knots of thread or rope. Apart from this, there might be several other
tactics of witchcraft.
 The witchcraft committed on the Prophet (PBUH) had eleven knots. The
Prophet (PBUH) kept reciting verses from both the Surahs one by one and
untying a knot upon completion of each verse. After untying of knots the
Prophet (PBUH) said, ''I feel just like the person who came out of detention.”
 These Surahs should be recited in the morning and evening punctually so that
we might be protected from the ill effects of witchcraft.
These Surahs are the best remedy to undo the effects of witchcraft.
 Islam prohibits the enactment of witchcraft directly or indirectly. However,
some clerics declare witchcraft as blasphemy(kufr).
 These days it is prevalent among illiterates. 99% of them are impostors who run
their shops. They instil wrong temptations, especially among women and
demand hefty amounts from them.
98
‫اًذىا ىخ ىص ىد‬ ‫ىخا ًش ود‬ ِّ ‫ىك ًٌ ٍَ ى‬

‫َش‬
When he envies Envier And from the evil of
‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬:‫ىخ ىص ىد‬ َ‫ ىخا ًش ًدٍٗ ى‬،‫( ىخاش هًد ىخا ًش يد ٍك ىف‬plural)
When ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬is used after ‫ اًذىا‬it gives
the meaning of future.
 Generally, witchcraft is done out of envy. Allah showers his bounties on a man
and he becomes rich and owns a luxury car and earns name and fame, now his
friends, relatives and neighbours envy him. Now, they are always in search of a
chance to defame him and bring a bad name to him. They try hard to trouble
him in every possible way.
 Who are they? They are the same people who are with you all the time.
They praise and speak well of you in front but in reality, they are your ill-
wishers and they desire to see you suffer. Therefore, in the said verse
protection from the evil of enviers has been sought.
 What is envy? To be jealous of the bounties and prosperity of a person and
wish that his bounty may be snatched from him whether the envier enjoys that
bounty or not.
 Jealousy is a psychological illness. The Prophet (PBUH) said “Beware of jealousy
for verily, it destroys good deeds the way fire destroys wood.” (Abu Dawood)
The Best
Ibn Abis Juhani (RA) says that the Prophet (PBUH) said to me, ''O Ibn Abis!
Should I not tell you the best thing with which the seekers of refuge take
refuge?'' I said, “Of course, O Prophet (PBUH).” He (PBUH) said.
ً ‫ يك ٍو اىؾي ٍٔذي ة ً ىر ِّب اى َِّا‬- ‫يك ٍو اىؾي ٍٔذي ة ً ىر ِّب ا ٍى ىفي ًىق‬
) ‫س (رواہ النسایئ‬
99
Lesson: 14 (Part-B)
Grammar
The third form of the Past Verb ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬

In this lesson, we will learn the third pattern ‫و‬
‫ ىف يؿ ى‬of ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬. For example:
‫( ى ي‬He saw) ‫َص‬
(He became great) ً‫( ىؾؼ ىي‬He became generous) ‫َک ىـ‬ ‫ىب ي ى‬
(He became abundant) ‫( ىنث ي ىر‬He kept distance) ‫( ىب يؿ ىد‬He came closer) ‫ُق ىب‬
‫ىي‬
The third variation of the )‫)فؿو ٌاضی ؼ ع ؿ‬

He became great. ً‫ىؾؼ ىي‬ ‫ىف يؿ ىو‬
They became great. ‫ىؾؼ ييٍ ٍٔا‬ ‫ىف يؿ يي ٍٔا‬
You became great. ‫ىؾؼ ٍيٍ ىج‬ ‫ىف يؿ ٍي ىج‬
You (all) became great. ً‫ىؾؼ ٍيٍخ ٍي‬ ً‫ىف يؿ ٍيخ ٍي‬
I became great. ‫ىؾؼ ٍيٍ يج‬ ‫ىف يؿ ٍي يج‬
We became great. ‫ىؾؼ ٍيٍ ىِا‬ ‫ىف يؿ ٍي ىِا‬
He became generous ‫َک ىـ‬‫ىي‬

They became generous ‫ىي‬
‫َک يٌ ٍٔا‬
You became generous ‫ىي‬
‫َک ٌٍ ىج‬
You (all) became generous ‫ىي‬
ً‫َک ٌٍخ ٍي‬
I became generous ‫َک ٌٍ يج‬‫ىي‬
We became generous ‫ىي‬
‫َک ٌٍ ىِا‬
100
The past verb (Feminine gender) ‫فؿو ٌاضی ٌؤُد‬

Very few feminine gender ‫ ٌؤُد‬verbs have been used in the Qur'an. So, you will learn
it later. At the moment you are going to learn only one feminine gender verb, that is
third person singular feminine gender. It has been frequently used in the Qur'an.
Third person singular feminine ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬ Third person singular masculine ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬
She did ‫ ف ىىؿي ٍىج‬He did ‫ف ىىؿ ىو‬
X ‫ ىف ًؿي ٍىج‬X ‫ىف ًؿ ىو‬
X ‫ ىف يؿي ٍىج‬X ‫ىف يؿ ىو‬
Feminine past verb ‫فؿو ٌاضی ٌؤُد‬ Masculine past verb ‫فؿو ٌاضی ٌذَک‬
She opened ‫ ىف ىخ ىد ٍج‬He opened ‫ىف ىخحى‬
She helped ‫ ىن ى ى‬He helped
‫َص ٍت‬ ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص‬
She hit ‫َضةى ٍج‬
‫ ى ى‬He hit ‫َض ىب‬‫ىى‬
She heard ‫ ىشًٍ ىؿ ٍج‬He heard ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ‬
She thought ‫ ىخ ًص ىت ٍج‬He thought ‫ىخ ًص ىب‬
She became generous ‫ ى ي‬He became Generous
‫َک ىٌ ٍج‬ ‫ىي‬
‫َک ىـ‬
In addition to this for the feminine gender:

They(females) did ٍَ‫ف ىىؿي ى‬
You (female) did ً‫ف ىىؿيٍج‬

You all(females) did ‫ف ىىؿ ٍيت ي َّن‬
You will learn all these forms in the next course. In sha Allah.
 Remember ‫ ف ىىؿي يٍج ف ىىؿ ٍي ىِا‬the 1st persons are used for both masculine and feminine
gender.
101
Exercise (Part-C) Lesson-14
Question 1: Write the meaning of the following words in Arabic

Evil Knot
The women who blow Darkness
Way Self-sufficient
Question 2: Write the feminine gender of the following verbs with meaning:
Meaning Feminine Masculine
She created ‫ىخ ىي ىل ٍج‬ ‫ىخي ىىق‬
‫ىِف‬
‫غ ىى‬
ً‫ػى ي ىى‬
ً‫ىؾي ً ى‬
‫َص‬
‫ىب ي ى‬
Question 3: Translate the following sentences into Arabic

She heard
He oppressed and she forgave
She did not have the patience
Question 4: Translate the following sentences:

‫ىشًٍ ىؿ ٍج ىك ىؾي ً ىٍ ٍج‬
‫َص ٍت‬ ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫ىٌا ىشًٍ ىؿ ٍج ىك ىٌا ىؾًٍ ىي ٍج‬
102
Lesson: 15 (Part – A) Surah An- Nas
ٰ ‫ بصً اہلل‬،ً٘‫أؾٔذ ةاہلل ٌَ اىش٘عاف اىرج‬
ً ‫اى َِّا‬
‫س‬ ‫ة ً ىر ِّب‬ ‫اىؾي ٍٔذي‬ ‫يك ٍو‬
(of) Mankind In the Lord I seek refuge Say
‫)اَربَاب‬plural(‫َرب‬
‫س‬ ً‫اًىٰه‬ ً ‫اى َِّا‬
‫س‬ ‫ىٌي ً ًم‬
Mankind God(of) Mankind The King of
‫(ا ً ٍن ىص ه‬Plural‫اس‬
‫اف‬ ‫ُى ه‬ ‫(اًى ٰ هه‬plural)‫آى ً ىه هث‬ ‫( ىٌي ً هم‬plural) ‫ يٌيي ٍٔ هؾ‬King, sovereign
‫( ىٌي ه‬plural) :‫) ىٌَلىئ ً ىه يث‬Angel)
‫ىم‬
 The refuge of Allah (SWT) is sought in this Surah through three attributes of
Him.
 He is the Lord of mankind: He is the Lord of all of mankind right from Adam (AS)
until Judgement Day. It is He who facilitates the upbringing of all. It is common
sense that the Lord who provides us with all necessities and on whose bounties
we are flourishing alone deserves to rule over us. Naturally, man abides by the
law of his ruler.
 Therefore, Allah is our Sovereign and He alone deserves to be worshipped. This
dual standard is not acceptable even by an average human ruler that the man
gets benefits from him and praises someone else.
103
ً ‫ا ٍى ىخ َِّا‬
‫س‬ ً ‫ا ٍى ىٔ ٍش ىٔا‬
‫س‬ ِّ ‫ًٌ ٍَ ى‬
‫َش‬
ً ‫ا ٍى ىخ َِّا‬: has two meanings (1)the one
‫س‬ (of) the Whisperer From (the)
who disappears after appearance(2) evil
the one who retreats ‫ ىك ٍش ىٔ هاس‬: the one who whispers
now and then
The devil (Satan) is the biggest enemy of man. But he (Satan) is invisible
from our sight. Satan continues to whisper various types of sinful thoughts and
temptations into man’s heart while he is oblivious to the remembrance of Allah.
And when he starts to remember Allah, Satan takes the back seat and retreats.
 Whispering is the first step towards sin. Thousands of thoughts come to our
mind day and night. Some of them are related to sins. If we can deal with the
whisperings at their very first stage, then they will not harm us otherwise it
will turn into the intention. And the intention leads to action. And frequent
actions become a habit. And ultimately bad habits result in bad outcomes.
 As soon as Satan whispers into the hearts of noble servants of Allah, they
immediately and consciously take Allah’s refuge. Thus, they acquire the
protection of Allah.
‫س‬ ً‫ف ً ٍی يص يد ٍكر‬ ‫ٗي ىٔ ٍشٔ ً يس‬ ‫َّاى ًذ ٍم‬
Mankind of Into the chests Whispers Who
‫اى ٍى ىٔ ٍش ىٔ ي‬
He whispers‫)اشً((فؿو)ٗي ىٔ ٍشٔ ً يس‬The whisperer :‫اس‬ ‫ِى َّى ًذ ٍم‬‫ ا‬The one who
ُّ ‫ًش ىفا هء ِّى ىٍا ف ًی‬
The Qur’an is a cure forً‫اىص يد ٍكر‬ َ‫ اى َّى ًذٍٗ ى‬Those who
heart diseases.
‫ ىص ٍد هر‬plural‫) يص يد ٍك هر‬Chests/breasts/hearts)
It is narrated in the Hadith that Prophet (PBUH) said, “Indeed Satan circulates in
the human body as blood does. And he tries to instigate his animal instincts.”
104
It is also described in Hadith that Satan blows over the heart of man in various
ways. And thus, he tempts him to commit evil deeds.
 It should be kept in mind that Satan has no authority to force a man to commit
any evil deed. He only has the power to whisper. But the man sins by his will.
 The cure for heart disease is in the Qur'an. Allah says regarding the Qur'an: ‫ًش ىفا هء‬
ً‫ ِّى ىٍا ف ًی اى ُّص يد ٍكر‬. Cure for what (diseases) is in the hearts. What are the diseases of the
heart? Ill-will, distrust, ignorance, hypocrisy, jealousy, malice, animosity,
grudge, arrogance etc.
ً ‫ىكاى َِّا‬
‫س‬ ً‫ًٌ ىَ ا ٍىج ً َِّث‬
And mankind From among the Jinn
 Evil whisperings are not only from Satan, but it is also the work of man. As
Allah added the word mankind as well at the end of this Surah. It means that
some men act like Satan (evil deeds and whisperings).
 They also speak in such a way that a simple Muslim falls prey to doubts and
suspicions.
 In today's time, a full-fledged confederation of men has committed to spreading

sins, obscenity and immorality among mankind.
 Today, what not (evil) is being propagated through the internet and TV screens.
The younger generation is being spoilt. Propaganda against Islam is being
spread. All this is being done in the name of advancement!
105
Lesson: 15 (Part-B)
Grammar
In the last three lessons you have learnt six patterns of the past verb ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬.
For example:
‫ ُ ىا‬: ‫ف ىىؿ ٍي ىِا‬ ‫ تي‬:‫ىف ىؿي يٍج‬ ًٍ ‫ حي‬:ًٍ ‫ف ىىؿ ٍي يخ‬ ‫ ىت‬:‫ف ىىؿي ىٍج‬ ‫ ٍكا‬:‫ف ىىؿيي ٍٔا‬ ‫ف ىىؿ ىو‬
On adding (‫ )ٌا‬before ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬, it gives the meaning of 'did not'. This we have learnt in
the previous lessons. Revise it here, once again.
For example:
ً‫َضةٍخ ٍي‬
‫ىٌا ى ى‬ ‫ىٌا ىنتىتئا‬ ‫ىٌا ف ىىؿ ىو‬
You (all) did not hit. They did not write. He did not do.
In today's lesson, you will learn more.

In each pattern of a verb, a subject lies hidden in the form of pronoun. That is why
each pattern of the verb is a complete sentence although it is devoid of an apparent
subject. For example: (He hit) ‫َض ىب‬
‫ ى ى‬. It is a complete sentence and )ٔ‫(ه ىي‬lies hidden in it.
 In the same way in each pattern there lies one of these pronouns َ‫ ُ ى ٍد ي‬، ‫ اىْمُتْن‬،‫اىُ ٍ ىج‬،‫اىُ ىا‬، ً‫ه ٍي‬
ٔ‫ه ىي‬. It can be recognized by the changes occurring in the last part of the verb in
past tense. For example, The (‫ ) ىت‬in the end part of ‫ ف ىىؿ ٍي ىج‬signifies the pronoun
(‫)اىُ ٍ ىج‬. Therefore, we translate it as 'You'. The hidden pronoun َ‫ ُ ى ٍد ي‬in ‫ ف ىىؿ ٍي ىِا‬is
marked by (‫ )ُىا‬which is apparent in the end.
You can say: He did: ‫و‬
‫هي ىٔ ف ىىؿ ى‬or He did: ‫ف ىىؿ ىو‬,
They did: ‫ هي ًٍ ف ىىؿيي ٍٔا‬or They did: ‫ف ىىؿيي ٍٔا‬
You did: ‫ اىُ ٍ ىج ف ىىؿ ٍي ىج‬or You did: ‫ف ىىؿي ىٍج‬.
106
Whether you write the pronoun before ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬or not, it‟s your choice. The
meaning will remain the same in both cases.
In lesson no 11 you have learnt that the sentence which starts with a noun is
called a ' Nominal Sentence' ‫جٍيه اشٍ٘ه‬. For example: The believers are truthful. ‫اى ٍى يٍ ٍؤ ًٌِي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ ىصاد ً يك ٍٔ ىف‬The house is big.: ‫ىا ٍىب ى ٍ٘ يج ىنتًی ٍ هر‬
Similarly, a sentence which starts with a verb is called a verbal sentence ‫جٍيہ فؿي٘ه‬.
In the verbal sentence, the verb is usually followed by the subject and the subject
is written with 'Pesh', for example, Zaid sat: ‫ ىج ىي ىس ىزٍٗ هد‬. Sometimes another noun may
follow with a 'Zabar' over it. That is called an 'object or ‫'ٌفؿٔؿ‬. For example, Zaid hit
Khalid ‫َض ىب ىزٍٗ هد ىخاى ًد نا‬
‫( ى ى‬the subject is the doer and an object is a person or thing which gets
affected by the verb)
 Subject ‫فاؾو‬: The noun following a verb having a 'pesh' over it, becomes its
subject.
 Object ‫ٌفؿٔؿ‬: The noun following a verb having a 'Zabar' over it, becomes its
object.
Examples of verbal sentences:

Mehmood wrote a letter/message ‫ىن ىخ ىب ىٌ ٍد يٍ ٍٔ هد رً ىشا ىى نث‬
Sulaiman (A.S) inherited Dawood (A.S) ‫ىكر ىًث يشي ٍ ىىمْي يف ىداك ىد‬
Dawood (A.S) killed Jaloot. ‫ىك ىخ ىو ىداكدي ىجا يى ٍٔ ىت‬
Who did this? ‫ىٌ ٍَ ف ىىؿ ىو ٰه ىذا‬
A witness testified. ‫ىشه ً ىد ىشاهً هد‬
107
Note: This is the basic structure of a verbal sentence ‫جٍيه فؿي٘ه‬. You will study the
further details later. In sha Allah.
Emphasis in the past verb ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬
Sometimes ‫ لقد‬or ‫ قد‬is added before the verb in the past tense. Consequently, it gives an
emphatic meaning and it is translated as indeed, certainly, surely, definitely etc.
Certainly, the Salah is established. ‫ىك ٍد ىكا ىٌجً اىصَّ ي ٰٔةي‬
Indeed, Khalid hit Hamid. ‫َض ىب ىخاى ً هد ىخا ًٌد نا‬
‫ىك ٍد ى ى‬
Indeed, we created man. ‫اال ٍن ىص ى‬
‫اف‬ ً ٍ ‫ىى ىل ٍد ىخ ىي ٍل ىِا‬
Test of Iman
Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood says,
‫آف ىفاًُ َّ يه ٗيد ًُّب ا ى‬ َّ

‫ہلل ىك ىر يش ٍٔ ىىهي‬ ‫ق ى‬ ‫آف ىفا ً ٍف ک ى ى‬
ٍ ‫اف ٗيد ًُّب ا ٍى ي‬ ‫ق ى‬ٍ ‫ىال ىی ٍص ىئ ٍو ىؾ ٍت هد ىؾ ٍَ ىن ٍف ًصهً اًال اى ٍى ي‬
“Only the Qur‟an could tell a slave about himself. So, if he loves the Qur‟an, then
surely he loves Allah and His Prophet.” (Narrated by Tabrani)
108
Lesson- 15 (Part-C)
Exercise
Question 1: Write the meaning of the following words:

‫ىص ٍد هر‬
‫ىٌي ً هم‬
‫ىك ٍش ىٔ هاس‬
‫اىى َِّ ي‬
‫اس‬
‫ىخ َِّ ه‬
‫اس‬
Question 2: Translate the following sentences into Arabic:

Indeed I knew Islam.
You worshipped Allah.
They did not hit Zaid.
She helped Hamid.
Indeed Allah created man.
Question 3: Translate the following sentences into English

‫ىٌ ٍَ ىف ىخحى ا ٍى ىت ى‬
‫اب‬
‫َض ىب ىزٍٗ هد ىخا ًٌد نا‬‫ىى‬
‫ىٌ ٍَ ىج ىؿ ىو ٰه ىذا‬
‫ىك ٍد ىؾي ً ٍٍ ىج‬
‫ىى ىل ٍد ىشًٍ ىؽ اہللي‬
109
Lesson: 16 (Part-A)
Surat-ul-Asr
Introduction: Surah Al-Asr is a short Surah (chapter) of the Qur'an. It consists of

only 14 words. But it is a comprehensive Surah and Imam Shafaee (RA) said, "If
nothing was revealed in the Qur'an except this Surah, it would have been sufficient
for the guidance of mankind."
Allah SWT has mentioned four formulas in this Surah to prevent mankind from
losing. The first two are related to man himself and the last two are regarding other
people.
ً ٍ ‫ىك ا ٍى ىؿ‬
‫َص‬
By the time
)‫ )ك‬has two meanings: The first and popular meaning is 'And' and the second meaning
is ‘to swear’
 The (‫ )و‬used at the beginning of Surah gives the meaning of swearing. It is

recognized by the presence of “Zer” at the end of the noun following it: For
َّ ،ً‫ ىكا ٍى ىف ٍجر‬،ًً ‫ ىكاى َِّ ٍج‬،‫اىي ٍ٘ ًو‬
example, ،‫كاىش ٍٍ ًس‬ َّ ‫ىك‬
 The meaning of ‫ ىؾ ٍَص‬is time or era. Even in Urdu, we say: ‫( رصعِاحرض‬Current

era/Contemporary time).
 Allah does not need to swear to describe anything. Every single word or
commandment of Allah is free from suspicion or doubt. An oath is taken to
emphasize the importance of an order or commandment. So that, man may
consider its significance and ponder over it and practice accordingly.
110
‫ىىف ًٍی خ ٍيَّسو‬ ‫اال ٍن ىص ى‬

‫اف‬ ًٍ ‫ا ً َّف‬
(is) definitely in Mankind Indeed
loss
In: ‫ ف ًی‬definitely:‫ ؿ‬Loss:‫خيَّس‬ When ‫ا ً َّف‬: is followed by (‫( ىؿ‬it gives an
emphatic meaning
 With so much emphasis (‫ ىك‬Oath ‫ ا ً َّف‬indeed ‫ ىؿ‬definitely) Allah (SWT) declared

that mankind is at loss.
 By the time: The success and failure of mankind lie in these moments. The rise
and fall of human beings depends on time, on the rotation of night and day. The
most precious thing in a man's life is the time with which he has been sent into
this world by Allah. And this precious wealth keeps decreasing over time. The
lifespan of a man itself is his capital investment and it is decaying every
movement. Man has no formula to stop this loss while Allah (SWT) has and it is
described in the next verse:
ً‫اىصي ً ٰدج‬
ّٰ ‫ىك ىؾًٍيي ٍٔا‬ ‫ٰا ىٌِي ٍٔا‬ َ‫َّاى ًذٍٗ ى‬ ‫ا ً َّال‬
And did righteous deeds Believed those who Except
The past verb:‫ ىؾًٍيي ٍٔا‬-‫و‬
‫ىؾًٍ ى‬ Past tense: ‫ٰا ىٌِي ٍٔا‬-َ‫ٰا ىٌ ى‬
‫ ىصاى ً ىد ه‬-‫ىصاى ً ىد هث‬
noble deeds ‫ات‬
 Every moment of life that passes without belief and noble deed leads the man
towards loss.
 ‫ٰا ىٌِي ٍٔا‬: The first and foremost condition to prevent loss is Imaan(Belief). There must
be firm belief in Allah and His Prophet (PBUH).
 The second condition along with the belief is righteous deeds. Only belief cannot
prevent a man from loss unless it is accompanied by righteous deeds. To lead a life
believing in Allah and His Prophet (PBUH) as well as abiding by their
commandments whether it is related to worship, dealings, social affairs or ethics.
111
‫ىك ىح ى‬
ً ‫ٔاص ٍٔا ة ًا اىصَّ بٍر‬ ‫ىك ىح ىٔ ىاص ٍٔا ةًا ٍى ىد ِّق‬
and advised each other to (the) patience and advised each other to the truth
‫ وصي ہ‬means to say something or to command someone emphatically with a sense

 ‫ت‬
of well-being. That is why the last words of a dying person to his heirs are called
‫وصيتہ‬, „the will.‟
 The third condition is ‫ ىح ىٔاصًی ةًا ٍى ىد ٍق‬It is the responsibility of a believer to convey
and call upon what he believes to be the truth and also practice it diligently. This
act is known as ‫ اى ٌٍر ة ًا ٍى ىٍؿريكؼ‬to advise and enjoin to do good deeds. This is the
peculiarity of the nation of Prophet Muhammad (PBUH). On this basis, it is
called „the best nation‟.
 It is the individual and collective responsibility of every human being that along
with practising good deeds, he must enjoin people to what is right and refrain
from/forbid what is wrong.
 Many parents offer Namaz themselves, but their children and family members
are completely careless about Namaz and they (parents) do not bother at all.
Such a person is at loss as per the Qur'an.
 The last condition is ‫ ىح ىٔاصًی ة ًاىصَّ ب ٍر‬advise each other to be patient. Obstacles will
come in the way of the person who practices ‫( ىح ىٔاصًی ة ًا ٍى ىد ٍق‬advise each other to tell
the truth). He will have to undergo tests and tribulations. He will be targeted and
blamed. In such unfavourable circumstances, he should be patient and advise his
companions to be steadfast and patient as well. The lives of the Prophets and
their companions are glaring examples.
112
Lesson: 16 (Part- B)
Grammar
The present / Future Tense

This verb ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬includes both present tense and future tense. For example:
He does or will do ‫و‬
‫فؿ ي‬
‫ىی ى‬
He helps or will help. ‫َِص‬
‫ىٗ ي ي‬
He hits or will hit. ‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬
He opens or will open. ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يح‬
‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬can be identified by four letters(‫ف‬،‫ا‬،‫ت‬،‫)م‬. ‫ ٌضارع‬is formed by prefixing

the said letters before ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬.
‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬also has three forms like those of ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬which is known as ‫ةاب‬
(pattern).
‫ ىی ٍف ًؿ ي‬،‫ ىیف يؿ يو‬،‫فؿ يو‬

They are: ‫و‬ ‫ ىی ى‬. Read and write the following verbs of ‫ٌضارع‬repeatedly
and copiously.
Today, we are going to learn the first form of the verb ‫و ٌضارع‬
‫فؿ ي‬
‫ىی ى‬
For example:
‫( ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬He hears or will hear) ‫( ىی ٍف ىخ يح‬He opens or will open)
‫و‬
‫( ىی ٍؿ ىٍ ي‬He works or will work) ً‫( ىی ٍؿ ىي ي‬He knows or will know)
‫( ىی ٍش ىه يد‬He bears witness or will bear witness) ً‫( ىٗ ٍر ىخ ي‬He has mercy or will have
mercy)
113
Meaning ‫فعل مضارع‬ )‫فعل ماىض (ؼ ع ؿ‬

He does/will do ‫و‬
‫ىیف ىٍؿ ي‬ ‫ف ىىؿ ىو‬
They do / will do ‫ىیف ىٍؿ يي ى‬
‫ٔف‬ ‫ف ىىؿ يي ٍٔا‬
You do /will do ‫ىتف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫و‬ ‫ف ىىؿ ٍي ىج‬
You all do /will do ‫ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ً‫َّف ىؿ ٍيخ ٍي‬
I do /will do ‫و‬
‫اىف ىٍؿ ي‬ ‫ف ىىؿي يٍج‬
We do/ will do ‫ىنف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫و‬ ‫ف ىىؿ ٍي ىِا‬
As we looked at the changes occurring at the end of the word in ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬such as
Zabar ‫ ٍكا‬،‫ٍ ىت‬،ً‫حي‬، ‫تي‬، ‫ ُ ىا‬in the end, similarly, we will look for the changes occurring at the
beginning of the word in ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬such as ‫ف‬،‫م‬،‫ت‬،‫ ا‬.
Meaning ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ )‫فؿو ٌاضی(ؼ ت ح‬

He opens/ will open ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يح‬ ‫ىف ىخحى‬
They open/will open ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬
You open/ will open ‫ىت ٍف ىخ يح‬ ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىج‬
You (all) open/ will open ‫ىت ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔ ىف‬ ً‫ىف ىخ ٍدخ ٍي‬
I open /will open ‫اى ٍف ىخ يح‬ ‫ىف ىخ ٍد يج‬
We open/will open ‫ىن ٍف ىخ يح‬ ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىِا‬
114
Meaning ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ ) ‫فؿو ٌاضی )س ـ ًع‬

He hears/will hear ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ‬
They hear/will hear ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىشًٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬
You hear/will hear ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىج‬
You(all) hear/will hear ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬ ً‫ىشًٍ ٍؿخ ٍي‬
I hear/will hear ‫اى ٍش ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ يج‬
We hear/will hear ‫ىن ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىِا‬
Meaning ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ )‫فؿو ٌاضی (ع ؿ ـ‬

He knows/ will know ً‫ىی ٍؿ ىي ي‬ ً‫ىؾي ً ى‬
They know/ will know ‫ىی ٍؿي يىٍ ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىؾي ً يٍ ٍٔا‬
You know/ will know ً‫ىت ٍؿ ىي ي‬ ‫ىؾي ً ٍٍ ىج‬
You(all) know / will know ‫ىت ٍؿي يىٍ ٍٔ ىف‬ ً‫ىؾي ً ٍٍخ ٍي‬
I know/ will know ً‫اى ٍؾ ىي ي‬ ‫ىؾي ً ٍٍ يج‬
We know/ will know ً‫ىن ٍؿ ىي ي‬ ‫ىؾي ً ٍٍ ىِا‬
115
Lesson- 16 Exercise (Part-C)
Question 1: Complete the table of ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬given below. Also, translate the verb in
the first column.
‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫و‬

‫ٗى ٍج ىؿ ي‬ He does/will do ‫و‬
‫ىیف ىٍؿ ي‬

We open the Qur‟an.
You will hear me.
They make for you.

‫ىت ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔ ىف ا ٍل ًه ىخ ى‬
‫اب‬
‫اىف ىٍؿ يو ىؾ ىٍ نَل ىصاىًد نا‬
ًٍ ‫َّاى ًذ ٍل ٗى ٍج ىؿ يو ىلهي‬
‫ٗى ٍر ىخ يً اہللي اى َِّ ى‬
‫اس‬
‫ہلل‬
‫َصق يا ي‬ ‫ىك ٍد ىن ى ى‬
‫ىٌ ٍَ ىی ٍف ىخ يح ا ٍل ًه ىخ ى‬
‫اب؟‬
116
Lesson:17 (Part-A)
Surah Al-Nasr
Allah (SWT) has given glad tidings to the Prophet (PBUH) and his companions in
this Surah.
For the sake of religion and to raise Islam, the companions of the Prophet
(PBUH) migrated to Madinah leaving behind their homes, relatives, and valuables.
They kept sacrificing their wealth and lives in the path of Allah for eight years. As a
result, with the grace of Allah (SWT) they entered Makkah victoriously in the eighth
year of the Hijri Calendar.
َّ ٍَ ًٌ ً‫اىؾي ٍٔذي ةًاہلل‬

ًً ًٍ٘ ‫ بً ٍص ًً اہللً اى َّر ٍخ ٍٰ ًَ اى َّرخ‬،ًً ٍ٘ ‫اىش ٍ٘ ىعا ًف اى َّر ًج‬
‫ىك ا ٍى ىف ٍخ يح‬ ‫ىن ٍ ي‬
ً‫َص اہلل‬ ‫ىج َا ىء‬ ‫اًذىا‬
and the victory (the) help of Allah comes When
To open :‫ىف ٍخ هح‬ ً‫ ةى ٍ٘ يج اہلل‬،ً‫اب اہلل‬
‫ن ً ىخ ي‬ Came : ‫ىجا ىء‬ When:‫ ا ً ٍذ‬، ‫اًذىا‬
Victory, Success ً‫اى ٌٍري اہلل‬ When comes : ‫اًذىا ىجآ ىء‬
 It is first required to strive and struggle in the path of Allah, and then comes the
help of Allah. These verses were revealed After Prophet (PBUH) spent 23 years
of his life in the path of Allah.
‫اىف ىٍٔا نجا‬ ً‫ىٗ ٍد يخيي ٍٔ ىف ف ً ٍی دًٍٗ ًَ اہلل‬ ‫اى َِّ ى‬

‫اس‬ ‫ىك ىراىٍٗ ىج‬
Entering into the religion of The
In multitudes And you see
Allah people
‫ اىف ىٍٔ هاج‬،‫ف ٍىٔ هج‬ To come into:‫ ديخ ٍئ هؿ‬To go outside:‫َخ ٍك هج‬
‫يي‬
You saw the past
verb:‫ ىرأٍٗ ىج‬/ When
The Verb Muzare ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬: ‫ٗى ٍد يخيي ٍٔ ىف‬
you will see:‫ا ً ىذا ىرأ ى ٍٗ ىج‬
In a huge crowd
117
 Many Arab tribes were inclined towards Islam before the victory of Makkah.
But since the house of Allah was still in the possession of the disbelievers and
the polytheists of Makkah, their society was still in vacillation (in doubt),
whether Islam will emerge victorious or not.
But when Islam came to power in Makkah, the Arabs believed Islam to be a true
religion. And the people started entering Islam in multitudes. Many tribes came
and embraced Islam at the hands of the Prophet (PBUH).
‫ِف يق‬
ٍ ً ‫اش ىخ ٍغ‬
ٍ ‫ىك‬ ‫ِّک‬
‫ىرة ى‬ ‫ة ً ىد ٍٍ ًد‬ ٍ‫ف ىىصتِّح‬
And ask Your Lord With the praise (of) Then glorify
forgiveness of Him
Root words ‫ ر‬، ‫ ؼ‬،‫ غ‬to ask forgiveness: Glory and praise:‫خٍد‬ To praise and
‫ا ً ٍشخً ٍغف ه‬
‫ىار‬ with: ‫ب‬
ً glorify
‫ غ ً ه‬،‫ غىف ٍئ هر‬،‫ِفةه‬

‫ ىٌ ٍغ هف هٔر‬،‫ىاف‬ ‫ىٌ ٍغ ً ى‬ ‫اى ٍى ىد ٍٍ يد ِہلِل‬ ً‫اف اہلل‬
‫ىش ِّتحٍ يش ٍت ىد ى‬
 It was a great opportunity for the Prophet (PBUH) and his companions. On such
an occasion they are being commanded to glorify Allah with his praise and ask
for His forgiveness instead of celebrating.
 Hazrat Umme Salma (RA) says that after the revelation of this Surah the Prophet
would repeat this dua at all times:
ً‫ہلل ىكاىحي ٍٔ يب اًى ٍى٘ه‬ ‫داف اہللً كة ً ىد ٍٍدًق اى ٍشخ ٍغ ً ي‬
‫ِف ا ى‬ ‫يش ٍت ى‬
And he said that he had been ordered for the same and recited ‫ہلل‬ ‫ اًذىا ىج َا ىء ىن ٍ ي‬as an
ً ‫َص ا‬
argument.
 If Prophet (PBUH), despite being innocent and free from all sins, has been
ordered to ask for the forgiveness of Allah, then ordinary Muslims like us must
think up to what extent forgiveness should be sought from Allah (SWT).
 Asking for forgiveness in abundance draws the mercy of Allah.
118
‫ىح َّٔاةنا‬ ‫کى ى‬

‫اف‬ ‫اًَُّه‬
Oft-forgiving Is Indeed he
‫( ىح ٌٔاة ي ٍٔ ىف ىح ٌٔاةًی ٍ ىن‬plural)‫اب‬
‫ىح َّٔ ه‬ The original meaning of ‫ ک ىا ىف‬is 'was'
 In this verse along with the command to ask for the forgiveness of Allah, the
Prophet (PBUH) has been given glad tidings that Allah is Oft-forgiving.
‫ ىح ٌٔ ه‬: When it is used for Allah, it means that He is the most Forgiving. That
 ‫اب‬
means the one who accepts repentance.
‫ ىح ٌٔ ه‬: When it is used for the believers, it means the one who makes repentance
 ‫اب‬
frequently. ‫ار‬ ‫ غ َّىف ه‬،‫اب‬
‫ ىك َّه ه‬، ‫َّاب‬
‫ ىحٔ ه‬this form (pattern) gives the meaning of 'too much'.
ٍ ‫ىؾ ٍَ أىُ ى وس ةٍ ًَ ىٌاى ً وکؓ ىؾ ًَ اى َِّي ِّی ﷺ كىا ىؿ ىٌ ٍَ ى ىُقأى ک ي َّو ىٗٔـ و ًٌأت ى ٍی ىٌ َّرة و يك ٍو ْي ىٔ اہلل أى ىخ هد يٌه ً ىی ىؾ ٍِ يہ ذيُ ٍئ يب ىخ ٍٍ ًصی ىن ىش ىِ نث إ َّىال‬
‫اف ىٗهئ ىف ىؾي ٍى٘ ًہ‬
َّ ‫ىدٍٗ هَ ۔ ىر ىكاہي اىتِّرٍ ًٌ ًذ ُّم ك‬
‫اىدارًم ًُّی‬
Hazrat Anas bin Malik narrates that the Prophet (PBUH) said, ''The person who
recites Surah Ikhlas daily two hundred times, his fifty years sins are removed except if
he has debt on him'' This Hadeeth has been narrated by Imam Tirmizi and Darmi.
119
Lesson: 17 (Part-B)
Grammar
The second variation of ‫( فؿو ٌضارع‬Present and Future tense).
‫ ىی ٍف يؿ ي‬For
In this lesson, we will learn the second variation/pattern of ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬: ‫و‬
example:
He creates /will create ‫ ٗى ٍخيي يق‬He helps/will help ‫َص‬

‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬
He denies/will deny ‫ ٗىهٍ ي ي‬He worships /will worship
‫ِف‬ ‫ىی ٍؿتي يد‬
‫ٗى ٍ ي‬
He becomes great /will become ً‫ ىی ٍؿ يؼ ي‬He became generous /will become ‫ْک يـ‬
great generous
Like ‫و‬ ‫ ىی ٍف يؿ ي‬also has no meaning. ‫ ؼ ع ؿ‬has been used only to see and
‫ ىف يؿ ى‬the verb ‫و‬
read this form.
We will read and learn those verbs of ‫ ٌضارع‬on this pattern which have meaning.
X ‫ىی ٍف يؿ يو‬
X ‫ىی ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
X ‫ىت ٍف يؿ يو‬
X ‫ىت ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
X ‫اى ٍف يؿ ي‬
‫و‬
X ‫ىن ٍف يؿ ي‬
‫و‬
X
120
Meaning ‫فؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬ (‫فؿو ٌاضی ( ف ص ر‬

He helps/will help ‫َص‬
‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬ ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص‬
They help/will help ‫َص ٍك ىف‬
‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬ ‫ىن ى ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬
You help/will help ‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص‬ ‫َص ىت‬ ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
You (all) help/will help ‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص ٍك ىف‬ ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
ًٍ ‫َصحي‬
I help/will help ‫اى ٍن ي ي‬
‫َص‬ ‫َصتي‬ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
We help/will help ‫َص‬
‫ُ ى ٍِ ي ي‬ ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
‫َصُىا‬
Meaning ‫فؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬ ) ‫فؿو ٌاضی (خ ؿ ؽ‬

He creates/ will create ‫ٗى ٍخ يي يق‬ ‫ىخي ىىق‬
They create/ will create ‫ٗى ٍخيي يل ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىخ ىي يل ٍٔا‬
You create/ will create ‫ىح ٍخيي يق‬ ‫ىخ ىي ٍل ىج‬
You (all) create/ will create ‫ىح ٍخيي يل ٍٔ ىف‬ ً‫ىخ ىي ٍلخ ٍي‬
I create/ will create ‫اى ٍخ يي يق‬ ‫ىخ ىي ٍل يج‬
We create/ will create ‫ُ ى ٍخ يي يق‬ ‫ىخ ىي ٍل ىِا‬
Meaning ‫فؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬ ) ‫فؿو ٌاضی )ک ر ـ‬

He is generous /will be generous ‫ْک يـ‬‫ٗى ٍ ي‬ ‫َک ىـ‬‫ىي‬
They are generous /will be generous ‫ْک يٌ ٍٔ ىف‬‫ٗى ٍ ي‬ ‫ىي‬
‫َک يٌ ٍٔا‬
You are generous/will be generous ‫ْک يـ‬‫ىح ٍ ي‬ ‫ىي‬
‫َک ٌٍ ىج‬
You (all) are generous/will be generous ‫ْک يٌ ٍٔ ىف‬‫ىح ٍ ي‬ ‫ىي‬
ً‫َک ٌٍخ ٍي‬
I am generous/will be generous ‫اى ٍ ي‬
‫َک يـ‬ ‫َک ٌٍ يج‬‫ىي‬
We are generous/will be generous ‫ُى ٍ ي‬
‫ْک يـ‬ ‫ىي‬
‫َک ٌٍ ىِا‬
121
Negation of ‫ف ًٍؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬

Rule: Negation of ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬means to create a negative meaning in ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬i.e., to
make a Negative sentence. As negation of ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬is done by adding (‫ )ٌا‬before it,
similarly, ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬is made negative by adding (‫ ) ىال‬before it. For example:
He does not do/ will not do ‫و‬

‫الى ىیف ىٍؿ ي‬ He does/will do ‫و‬
I do not/will not help ‫الى اى ٍن ي ي‬
‫َص‬ I help/will help ‫اى ٍن ي ي‬
‫َص‬
You do not hear/will not hear ‫الى ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ You hear/will hear ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬
Negative ‫ف ًٍؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬ ‫ف ًٍؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬

He does not/will not do ‫و‬
‫ىال ىیف ىٍؿ ي‬ He does/will do ‫و‬
They do not/will not do ‫ىال ىیف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ They do/will do ‫ىیف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
You do not/will not do ‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫و‬ You do/will do ‫ىتف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫و‬
You (all) do not/will not do ‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ You (all) do/will do ‫ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
I do not/will not do ‫و‬
‫ىال اىف ىٍؿ ي‬ I do/will do ‫و‬
‫اىف ىٍؿ ي‬
We do not/will not do ‫ىال ىنف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫و‬ We do/will do ‫ىنف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫و‬
Note: Remember that ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬is turned into a negative by adding (‫) ىٌا‬before it. And
‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬is made negative by adding (‫ ) ىال‬before it.
ًً ٍ ‫قآ يف ىكذ‬ َّ
ٍَ ‫ىَک ٍل ىؾ‬ ٍ ‫ ىٌ ٍَ ىشغ ىي يه ا ٍى ي‬: ‫ ىی يل ٍٔ يؿ اىر َُّّب ىؾزَّ ىك ىج َّو‬:ً‫ہلل ىؾيى٘هً ىك ىشي ى‬
‫ كىا ىؿ ىر يش ٍٔ يؿ اہللً ىصلى ا ي‬:‫ىؾ ٍَ أبًى شؿً٘ ود ىرضًی اہللي ىؾ ٍِ يه كىا ىؿ‬
‫ ىر ىكا يق ا ٍىتر ًٌذل‬-ً‫لى ىخ ٍيلًه‬ ‫ى‬
ٰ ‫فض يو ى ىلَكـ ً اہللً ىؾلى ىشائر ً ا ٍىکىَلىـ ًنف ٍىض ًو اہللً ىؾ‬ ٍ ‫اىصائًيًی ٍ ىن ىك‬َّ ٕ‫ىٌ ٍص ىئا ىىًًی اى ٍؾ ىع ٍی يخ يه اىف ىٍض ىو ىٌا أ ي ٍؾ ًع ى‬
-َ‫ًٗد ىخ ىص ه‬ ‫ ىككىا ىؿ أة ي ٍٔ ؾ ً٘سی ىهذا ىخد ه‬-‫اىدارك ٍيعىًی‬ َّ ‫ىك‬
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (RA) narrates that the Prophet (PBUH) said, “Allah (SWT)
says, ‘I grant the person who is so engrossed in the Qur’an and my remembrance
that he doesn’t even ask Me for his needs, more than the one who does.’ And the
virtue/superiority of Allah's speech (The holy Qur’an) is more than all other
speeches just like Allah’s superiority over His creation.”
122
Lesson-17(Part-C)
Exercise
Question 1: Complete the table with ‫ ف ًٍؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬of the following verbs.
He helps/ will help ‫َص‬
‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬
He does not worship/ will not worship ‫ال ىی ٍؿتي يد‬

123

I will not worship Satan.
You will help me.
They do not help us.
Question 3: Translate the following sentences into English:
‫ہلل‬
‫ال ىی ٍؿتي يد ٍك ىف ا ى‬
‫ہلل‬
‫َصُىا ا ي‬
‫ىٗ ٍِ ي ي‬
‫ال ىح ٍخيي يق ىش٘أ ن‬
ٍ
124
Lesson: 18 (Part-A)
Surah Al- Kafiroon
 When the Prophet (PBUH) started preaching Islam, the polytheists of Makkah
got determined to stop him from this task. But the Prophet (PBUH) continued
his work. In this regard, the chiefs of Makkah held a meeting with the Prophet
(PBUH) and they proposed to him a middle path between disbelief and belief
(Islam) that one year Muslims should worship their idols and the next year they
would worship Allah. On this occasion, Allah revealed this Surah and said that it
was impossible. Because there cannot be any compromise between truth and
falsehood. Neither the Muslims will visit your temples today nor will they in
future. And similarly, you will neither come to our mosques today nor in future.
 Muslims are allowed to have a treaty of peace or other affairs with the
disbelievers while they remain firm in their religion. But any treaty that harms
Islam is not permissible at all.
Importance
The Prophet (PBUH) used to recite Surah Al- Kafiroon and Surah Al- Ikhlas in the
Sunnah Salah of Fajr and Maghrib.
The Prophet (PBUH) said to some of his companions, “If you recite this Surah
while going to bed, you will be declared free from polytheism".
ٍ ‫ يك‬before going to bed.

One should make sure to read all four ‫و‬
ً٘‫ بصً اہلل اىرخٍَ اىرخ‬،ً٘‫اىؾي ٍٔ ذي ةاہلل ٌَ اىش٘عاف اىرج‬

‫ٗ ٰٓ ىا ُّٗ ىها ا ٍلهٰ ً ي‬
‫ِف ٍك ىف‬ ‫يك ٍو‬
O Disbelievers! Say (o Prophet)
All three have same meaning, 'O' - ‫ ٗ ٰٓ ىا ُّٗ ىها‬،‫ اى ُّٗه ىا‬،‫ىٗا‬ ‫ ىت يل ٍٔ يؿ‬،‫ كىا ىؿ ىی يل ئ يؿ‬:‫يك ٍو‬
َ‫افٍٗ ى‬
ً ً ‫ ک ى‬،‫ِف ٍك ىف‬ ‫اشً فاؾو ک ى ً ه‬
‫ نٰ ً ي‬plural ‫اف‬ To say-‫ك ٍىٔ هؿ‬
125
‫ىت ٍؿتي يد ٍك ىف‬ ‫ىٌا‬ ‫اى ٍؾتي يد‬ ‫ىال‬

You(all) worship what I worship not
‫ ىح ٍِ ي ي‬،‫ ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬،‫ىت ٍؿتي يد ٍك ىف‬

‫َص ٍك ىف‬ That, that which‫; ٌا‬it can be The verb ‫ ىال اى ٍؾتي يد‬is negative
translated in all these ways. Like ‫و‬
‫ال اىف ىٍؿ ي‬
 ‫ ىٌا‬has three meaning (1) Not. For example ‫و‬

‫ ىك ىخ ى‬: He killed, ‫ ىٌا ىك ىخ ىو‬: He did not kill.
(2) What? For example: ‫ ىٌا د ًِٗيمى‬What is your religion? ‫ ىٌا ا ً ٍش يٍمى‬What is your
name?
(3) When ‫ ىٌا‬is used in the middle of the sentence, it gives the meaning of
'What/that/which/whose'. For example: ‫و ىٌا ىیشى آ يء‬ ‫ ا ً َّف ا ى‬Indeed, Allah does
‫ہلل ىیف ىٍؿ ي‬
what He wants.
 Worship is an act of servitude and obedience to someone with sheer

compassion and devotion.
Allah (SWT) said, “O Prophet! Tell the disbelievers that I do not worship the idols
which you worship. You have assumed thousands of Gods and prostrate before
them. I have only One God and will obey Him alone.”
‫اى ٍؾتي يد‬ ‫ىٌ ۤا‬ ‫ٰؾت ً يد ٍك ىف‬ ‫ىك ى ۤال اىْمُتْن‬
I worship (of) what Worshippers And nor are you (all)
‫اى ٍؾتي يد‬: ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬1st َ‫ ٰؾت ً ًدٍٗ ى‬, ‫ ٰؾت ً يد ٍك ىف‬Plural ‫ىؾاة ً هد‬ You:‫اىُ ٍ ىج‬
person singular Both of you:‫اىٍُخ ىيٍا‬
For example: ‫و‬ ‫اىنٍ ي ي‬
‫َص ;اىف ىٍؿ ي‬ You (all)ً‫اىٍُخي‬
126
Your worship is with polytheism. And the worship which has the slightest trace
of polytheism is unacceptable to Allah.
 All religions other than Islam have one sort of polytheism.
ًٍُّ ‫ٌَّا ىؾ ىت ٍدح‬ ‫ىؾاة ً هد‬ ‫اىُىا‬ ‫ىك ى ۤال‬
Of (what) you worshipped (be) a worshipper I And nor(will)
:ً‫فؿو ٌاضی ف ىىؿ ٍيخ ٍي‬
The previous verse implies the present tense and this verse implies the future tense.
It means that neither I worship your Gods now nor will I worship them in future. For
emphasis, the verses have been repeated.
‫ىٌ ۤا اى ٍؾتي يد‬ ‫ٰؾت ً يد ٍك ىف‬ ‫اىْمُتْن‬ ‫ىك ى ۤال‬
what I worship Worshippers (of) are you And nor
Looking at your present condition, it does not seem that you are going to worship the
One, Allah in future. Because I am calling you towards the oneness of Allah from the
swamp of disbelief and polytheism but contrary to it you call me to disbelief and
polytheism.
ًَ ًٍٗ‫د‬ ‫ىك ل ً ىی‬ ًٍ ‫دًٍِٗيهي‬ ًٍ ‫ىلهي‬
My religion and for me is your religion For you are
In this verse, the outcome has been described, that you will be judged for following
your religion and I will be rewarded for abiding by my religion.
It was my duty to convey the message of Islam to you and warn you of the dire
consequences of disobedience. Now it is up to you whether you believe or disbelieve.
127
Lesson: 18 (Part-B)
Grammar
The third variation of ‫ف ًٍؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬

‫ ىی ٍف ًؿ ي‬, for example:
In this lesson, we will learn the third variation of ‫ف ًٍؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬: ‫و‬
(He hits/will hit) ‫( ىی ٍْض يوب‬He thinks /will think) ‫ب‬
‫ىٗ ٍد ًص ي‬
(He forgives/will forgive ‫ِف‬
‫ىی ٍغ ً ي‬ (He oppresses /will oppress) ً‫ىٗ ٍؼي ً ي‬
(He has patience/will have patience) ‫( ىی ٍصبًري‬He returns /will return) ‫ٗىرٍ ًج يؽ‬
Meaning ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ )‫فؿو ٌاضی(ض ر ب‬ ‫ةاب‬
He hits/will hit ‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬ ‫َض ىب‬ ‫ىى‬ ‫ىی ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫و‬
They hit/will hit ‫ٔف‬
‫ْضة ي ى‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬ ‫َضة ي ٍٔا‬
‫ىى‬ ‫ىی ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
You hit/will hit ً ٍ ‫ىت‬
‫ْض يب‬ ‫َضةٍ ىج‬
‫ىى‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫و‬
You (all) hit/will hit ‫ٔف‬ ً ٍ ‫ىت‬
‫ْضة ي ى‬ ً‫َضةٍخ ٍي‬
‫ىى‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
I hit/will hit ‫َض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫اى‬ ‫َضةٍ يج‬‫ىى‬ ‫اى ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫و‬
We hit/will hit ً ٍ ‫ىن‬
‫ْض يب‬ ‫َضةٍ ىِا‬
‫ىى‬ ‫ىن ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫و‬
Meaning ‫فؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬ (‫فؿو ٌاض ٍی ) غ ؼ ر‬

He forgives/will forgive ‫ِف‬
‫ىی ٍغ ً ي‬ ‫ىِف‬
‫غ ىى‬
They forgive/will forgive ‫ِف ٍك ىف‬
‫ىی ٍغ ً ي‬ ‫ىِف ٍكا‬
‫غىي‬
You forgive/will forgive ‫ىت ٍغ ً ي‬
‫ِف‬ ‫ىِف ىت‬
ٍ‫غ ى‬
You forgive/will forgive ‫ىت ٍغ ً ي‬
‫ِف ٍك ىف‬ ًٍ ‫ىِفحي‬
ٍ‫غ ى‬
I forgive/will forgive ‫ٍِف‬
‫ىاغ ً ي‬ ‫ىِفتي‬
ٍ‫غ ى‬
I forgive/will forgive ‫ىن ٍغ ً ي‬
‫ِف‬ ‫ىِفُىا‬
ٍ‫غ ى‬
128
Meaning ‫فؿو يٌ ىضارً ٍع‬ (‫فؿو ٌاض ًٍی ) ح س ب‬

He thinks/will think ‫ٗى ٍد ًص يب‬ ‫ىخ ًص ىب‬
They think/will think ‫ٗى ٍد ًصتي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىخ ًصتي ٍٔا‬
You think/will think ‫ىح ٍد ًص يب‬ ‫ىخ ًص ٍت ىج‬
You(all) think/will think ‫ىح ٍد ًصتي ٍٔ ىف‬ ً‫ىخ ًصبًخ ٍي‬
I think/will think ‫اى ٍخ ًص يب‬ ‫ىخ ًص ٍت يج‬
We think/will think ‫ُ ى ٍد ًص يب‬ ‫ىخ ًصب ٍ ىِا‬
One of the grammatical forms of ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬feminine gender

As we learnt the feminine form of ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬, 3rd person singular, we will learn the
feminine form of ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬3rd person singular here. It has been used frequently in the
Qur’an.
Feminine gender Masculine gender

She does ‫ىتف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫و‬ He does ‫و‬
She opens ‫ىت ٍف ىخ يح‬ He opens ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يح‬
She helps ‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص‬ He helps ‫َص‬
‫ىٗ ٍِ ي ي‬
She hits ً ٍ ‫ىت‬
‫ْض يب‬ He hits ‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬
She hears ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ He hears ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬
She becomes generous ‫ىح ٍ ي‬
‫ْک يـ‬ He becomes generous ‫ٗى ٍ ي‬
‫ْک يـ‬
She thinks ‫ىح ٍد ًص يب‬ He thinks ‫ىٗ ٍد ًص يب‬
Note: You will learn other forms of the feminine gender later on, In sha Allah. Remember,
as both the forms of 1st person ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬i.e. ‫ ف ىىؿيٍِ ىا‬، ‫ٍج‬
‫ ف ىىؿي ي‬are used for both male and female,
similarly, the forms of the ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬i.e. ‫ ىنف ىٍؿ يو‬، ‫و‬
‫ اىف ىٍؿ ي‬are also used for both gender.
129
Lesson – 18 Exercise (Part-C)
Question 1: Complete the table of the following ‫ فؿو ٌضارع‬and also write
the meaning of verbs in the 1st column:
‫ىی ٍصبًري‬ He hits/will hit ‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬
Question 2: Translate the following sentences into Arabic

They will not hit you.
She has patience.
Zainab thinks.
She will forgive.
You do not have the patience

‫ِف اہلل ي ىى ىِا‬
‫ىی ٍغ ً ي‬
‫ْض يب ىٌ ٍد ئٍ هد خاى ًد نا‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬
ً‫اى ٍصبًري ىؾيى٘ه‬
‫ىال ُ ى ٍد ًص يب ىخی ٍر نا‬
‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص ىزٍٗ ىِ يب فىاظ ىًٍ ىث‬
130
Lesson -19 (Part-A)

Surah Al-Kausar
Introduction: When one of the sons of the Prophet (PBUH), Hazrat Qasim
died, the disbelievers of Makkah started taunting him and chiding him that now
he is ‫اةتر‬. It means now his lineage will cease to flourish. And thus, in future,
there will be no one to carry forward his name and mission. Therefore, his
religion will exist only till he is alive (as the Mushrikeen thought).
 Allah (SWT) consoles the Prophet (PBUH) in this Surah and responded to the
disbelievers by declaring that the name of the Prophet will keep on shining
with time. And the followers of the Prophet will be countless. His enemies will
be ‫اةتر‬.
 Allah (SWT) raised the rank of the Prophet to such an extent that in every
corner of the world, the name of Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) is mentioned
along with the glory of Allah (SWT) in the Azaan 5 times a day. Along with the
testification of the Oneness of Allah, the testimony of his Prophethood is also
proclaimed.
ًً ًٍ٘ ‫بً ٍص ًً اہللً اى َّر ٍخ ٍٰ ًَ اى َّرخ‬، ً٘‫أؾٔذ ةاہلل ٌَ اىش٘عاف اىرج‬
‫ا ٍل ىه ٍٔذى ىر‬ ‫اى ٍؾ ىع ٍی ِٰمى‬ ‫اًُ َّ ۤا‬

Immense goodness have granted you Indeed, We
Immense goodness Al- (The past verb) :‫اى ٍؾ ىع ٍی ىِا‬ The first form: ‫ اًَُّا‬،‫ ا ً َّف‬indeed
Kausar: ‫نٔذر‬ to give, grant we. The second form:
Hauz e Kausar you: ‫ىؾ‬ indeed we‫ اًُ ى َِّا‬:‫ ُىا‬+‫ا ً َّف‬
 ‫ ىنٔذ ى ٍر‬is superlative degree. It means immense goodness and blessings. It is

derived from the word ‫ ىنرًی ٍ هر‬.
131
 In comparison to his son, Allah (SWT) showered countless blessings upon the
Prophet (PBUH). The Qur’an is the greatest blessing. He was blessed with
Prophethood and wisdom. Allah (SWT) made him the chief of all Prophets as
well as the Seal of the Prophets.
 Along with these blessings, the spring of Abundance (Al Kausar) will be awarded
to the Prophet in the Hereafter. It is described in Hadith that it is a spring from
which the Muslims who have followed the Straight Path will be served. And the
Prophet (PBUH) himself will serve the water of Al-Kausar to the believers
before they enter paradise. It will be whiter than milk, colder than ice and
sweeter than honey.
 On that day, there will be a few Muslims standing in line to drink the water
whom the angels will drive away. The Prophet (PBUH) will say to the angels,
''Let them come. They too are my followers. They are Muslims''. The angels will
reply, "O Allah's Apostle, you do not know these people changed after you.
They did not follow your path. They created and added new things in the
religion on their own.”
‫َح‬
ٍ ‫ىك اُ ٍ ى‬ ‫ى ً ىرةِّمى‬ ِّ‫ف ىىصو‬
and sacrifice to your Lord So pray
 Salah is an important pillar of Islam. Salah holds the greatest importance in
Islam. If Salah is established, then the religion is established. Salah is the
foundation of the Palace of one’s religion. For a Muslim who does not pray,
his palace has collapsed and no one knows when he will get crushed and die.
 The second order given by Allah is to sacrifice. ‫ َُح‬is the technique by which
a camel is slaughtered. It is slaughtered with a dagger into the neck close to
the chest. But here the word is used in its general meaning. Whether “the
sacrifice” is by slaughtering an animal, controlling one’s desires or sacrificing
one's life or wealth for the sake of religion. Whatever sacrifices a man offers,
are included in the scope of this verse.
 Even today the Muslim Ummah can enjoy all sorts of good if it establishes
Salah and offers sacrifices.
132
‫ٍاالىةٍتىري‬ ٔ‫ه ىي‬ ‫ىشاًُئىمى‬ ‫َّإف‬

Who is cut off the one your enemy is Indeed
 The meaning of ‫ ىشانًى هء‬is an ill-wisher enemy and the word ‫ اىةٍت ى ٍر‬is formed from the
word‫ ىحبٍخ ًی هر‬, which means to cut off something. The Arabs would call an animal
whose tail is cut ‫اىةٍت ى ٍر‬. And among men, the person who has no male child is called
‫ اىةٍتىر‬because his lineage does not continue.
 The polytheists of Makkah used this word for the Prophet (PBUH). Allah (SWT)
responded by declaring in this verse that their clans will cease to exist and the
followers of the Prophet will remain till doomsday.
 If the Muslim Ummah keeps doing these two things which Allah (SWT)
commanded his Prophet (PBUH), that is Salah & Sacrifice, even today the ill-
wishers of the Ummah will be defeated and the Ummah will reach its zenith.
 It is described in a Hadith that through the Qur’an Allah (SWT) raises one nation
and brings down another nation. The forefathers of this Ummah were the
followers of the Qur'an so they were honoured and respected everywhere in
the world. And today the Ummah has abandoned the Qur’an; therefore it is
being dishonoured and ignored everywhere. Earlier Muslims were followers of
Islam in the real sense, they were honoured in their times. And today the
Ummah is being disrespected as it is oblivious of the Qur’an.
 As the Urdu couplet says:
‫ہاورمتوخاروہےئاترکرقآںوہرک‬ ‫وہزامہنںیمزعمزےھتاملسمںوہرک‬
They were honoured in the world by being Muslims: and you are disgraced by
abandoning the Qur'an
133
Lesson: 19 (Part-B)
Grammar
The Imperative (Commanding & Forbidding) Verb/‫فؿو اٌر كُهی‬
The verb that requests or commands are called an 'Imperative Positive verb', ‫فؿو‬
‫اٌر‬.
The verb that forbids or prohibits is called 'Imperative Negative verb'‫فؿو ُهى‬.
Like the verbs ‫ ٌاضی‬and ‫ٌضارع‬, the imperative verb also has three variations.
ٍ ‫اي ٍف يؿ‬،‫ ا ً ٍف ًؿ ٍو‬،‫)اًف ىٍؿ ٍو‬

Example of commanding verb :(‫و‬
ٍ ‫ ىال ىت ٍف يؿ‬،‫ ىال ىت ٍف ًؿ ٍو‬، ‫) ىال ىتف ىٍؿ ٍو‬

Example of forbidding verb :(‫و‬
The commanding and forbidding verbs are always formed from 2nd person ‫ٌضارع‬
‫فؿو‬. As commands are always for the future and we mostly command the person
in front of us. So it is formed from the second-person verb.
How to make the imperative by ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬
(1) Remove ‫ ت‬from ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬
(2) Since the first letter is َ‫ شان‬so prefix '‫'اىف‬. If َ‫ شان‬is followed by a letter with
Zabarًor Zerً, ِ ‫ اىف‬will be read with Zerًِ in both the conditions. And if َ‫شان‬
is followed by a letter with pesh ‫ اىف‬will be read with peshً
(3) In singular form, put ‫ )ً( جزـ‬on the last letter. And in plural replace'‫'ن‬
with'‫اىف‬.
‫‪134‬‬
‫اًف ىٍؿ ٍو‬ ‫اًف ىٍؿ ي‬

‫و‬ ‫و‬
‫ف ىٍؿ ي‬ ‫ىتف ىٍؿ يو‬
‫اًف ىٍؿيي ٍٔا‬ ‫اًف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ا ً ٍف ًؿ ٍو‬ ‫ا ً ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫و‬ ‫ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫و‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿ يو‬
‫ا ً ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔا‬ ‫ا ً ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫اي ٍف يؿ ٍو‬ ‫ا ً ٍف يؿ ي‬
‫و‬ ‫ٍف يؿ ي‬
‫و‬ ‫ىت ٍف يؿ يو‬
‫اي ٍف يؿيي ٍٔا‬ ‫ا ً ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىت ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫فؿو ٌضارع ‪How to make the imperative Negative from‬‬
‫‪) at the beginning‬ال( ‪(1) Add‬‬
‫‪ (ً) on the last letter‬جزم ‪(2) Put‬‬
‫اىف ‪) with‬ن(‪(3) In plural form, replace‬‬
‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿ ٍو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىتف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔا‬ ‫ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف ًؿ ٍو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف ًؿ يي ٍٔا‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف يؿ ٍو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىت ٍف يؿ ي‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف يؿ يي ٍٔا‬ ‫ىت ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫الى ‪ and imperative negative‬الى ‪Difference between negative‬‬
‫فؿو ُہٖ‬ ‫فؿو ٌضارع ٌِفی‬ ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬
‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿ ٍو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿ ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىتف ىٍؿ ي‬
‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔا‬ ‫ىال ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىتف ىٍؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف ًؿ ٍو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىال ىت ٍف ًؿ ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿ ي‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف ًؿ يي ٍٔا‬ ‫ىال ىت ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىت ٍف ًؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف يؿ ٍو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىال ىت ٍف يؿ ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ىت ٍف يؿ ي‬
‫ىال ىت ٍف يؿ يي ٍٔا‬ ‫ىال ىت ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىت ٍف يؿيي ٍٔ ىف‬
135
Read the example carefully:

‫فؿو اٌر كُهى‬ ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫فؿو اٌر كُهى‬ ‫ىت ٍف ىخ يح‬
Hear (you)! ‫ ا ً ٍش ىٍ ٍؽ‬Open (you)! ٍ‫ا ً ٍف ىخح‬
Hear (you all)! ‫ ا ً ٍش ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬Open (you all)! ‫ا ً ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬
Don’t hear (you)! ‫ الى ىت ٍص ىٍ ٍؽ‬Don’t open (you)! ٍ‫ال ىت ٍف ىخح‬
Don’t hear (you all)! ‫ ىال ىت ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬Don’t open (you all)! ‫ال ىت ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬
‫فؿو اٌر كُهی‬ ً ٍ ‫ىت‬

‫ْض يب‬ ‫فؿو اٌر كُهى‬ ‫ىحٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص‬
Hit (you)! ً ٍ ً‫ا‬
‫َض ٍب‬ Help (you)! ٍ ‫اينٍ ي‬
‫َص‬
Hit (you all)! ً ٍ ً‫ا‬
‫َضة ي ٍٔا‬ Help (you all)! ‫اينٍ ي ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬
Don’t hit! ‫ْض ٍب‬ ً ٍ ‫ال ىت‬ Don’t help (you)! ٍ ‫الىحىٍِ ي‬
‫َص‬
Don’t hit (you all) ً ٍ ‫ال ى ىت‬
‫ْضة ي ٍٔا‬ Don’t help (you all)! ‫ال ىحٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬
Three variations of the imperative verb

If َ‫ شان‬is followed by a letter with Zabarِor Zerِ,
ِ ‫ اىف‬will be read ٍ‫ا ً ٍف ىخح‬
with Zerِِ in both conditions. ‫َض ٍب‬ً ٍ ً‫ا‬
If َ‫ شان‬is followed by a letter with pesh ‫ اىف‬will be read with peshً ٍ ‫اي ٍن ي‬
‫َص‬
There are four important forms/structures of ‫ ٌاضی‬and ‫ ٌضارع‬called

patterns (‫)اةٔاب‬.
‫فؿو اٌر‬ ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬ Pattern
ٍ‫ا ً ٍف ىخح‬ ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يح‬ ‫ىف ىخحى‬ ‫ؼ‬
ٍ ‫اي ٍن ي‬
‫َص‬ ‫َص‬
‫ىٗ ٍِ ي ي‬ ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص‬ ‫ف‬
‫َض ٍب‬ً ٍ ً‫ا‬ ‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬ ‫َض ىب‬‫ىى‬ ‫ض‬
‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ ٍؽ‬ ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ‬ ‫س‬
136
Meaning ‫فؿو اٌر كُهى‬ Meaning ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ Meaning ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬
Open (you)! ٍ‫ا ً ٍف ىخح‬ He opens ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يح‬ He opened ‫ىف ىخحى‬
Open (you all)! ‫ا ً ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬ They open ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔ ىف‬ They opened ‫ىف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬
Don’t open (you)! ٍ‫ال ىت ٍف ىخح‬ You open ‫ىت ٍف ىخ يح‬ You opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىج‬
Don’t open (you all)! ‫ال ىت ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬ You (all) open ‫ىت ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔ ىف‬ You all ً‫ىف ىخ ٍدخ ٍي‬
opened
I open ‫اى ٍف ىخ يح‬ I opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد يج‬
We open ‫ىن ٍف ىخ يح‬ We opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىِا‬
Help (you)! ٍ ‫اي ٍن ي‬
‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬ He helped ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص‬
Help (you all)! ‫اي ٍن ي ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬ They help ‫َص ٍك ىف‬
‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬ They helped ‫ىن ى ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬
Don’t help (you)! ‫َص‬ٍ ‫الى ىح ٍِ ي‬ You help ‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص‬ You helped ‫َص ىت‬ ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
Don’t help (you all) ‫الى ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬ You (all) help ‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص ٍك ىف‬ You all ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
ًٍ ‫َصحي‬
helped
I help ‫اى ٍن ي ي‬
‫َص‬ I helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
‫َصتي‬
We help ‫َص‬
‫ُ ى ٍِ ي ي‬ We helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
‫َصُىا‬
Hit (you)! ‫َض ٍب‬ ً ٍ ً‫ا‬ He hits ‫ْض يب‬ ً ٍ ‫ىی‬ He hit ‫َض ىب‬ ‫ىى‬
‫َضة ي ٍٔا‬ They hit ‫ْضة ي ٍٔ ىف‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬ They hit ‫َضة ي ٍٔا‬
‫ىى‬
Don’t hit (you)! ‫ْض ٍب‬ ً ٍ ‫ىال ىت‬ You hit ‫ْض يب‬ ً ٍ ‫ىت‬ You hit ‫َضةٍ ىج‬
‫ىى‬
Don’t hit (you all)! ً ٍ ‫ىال ىت‬
‫ْضة ي ٍٔا‬ You (all) hit ً ٍ ‫ىت‬
‫ْضة ي ٍٔ ىف‬ You all hit ً‫َضةٍخ ٍي‬
‫ىى‬
I hit ‫َض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫اى‬ I hit ‫َضةٍ يج‬‫ىى‬
We hit ً ٍ ‫ىن‬
‫ْض يب‬ We hit ‫َضةٍ ىِا‬
‫ىى‬
137
Hear (you)! ‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ ٍؽ‬ He hears ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ He heard ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ‬
Hear (you all)! ‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬ They hear ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬ They heard ‫ىشًٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬
Don’t hear (you)! ‫ىال ىت ٍص ىٍ ٍؽ‬ You hear ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ You heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىج‬
Don’t hear (you ‫ىال ىت ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬ You (all) hear ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬ You all heard ً‫ىشًٍ ٍؿخ ٍي‬
all)!
I hear ‫اى ٍش ىٍ يؽ‬ I heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ يج‬
We hear ‫ىن ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ We heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىِا‬
There are two more patterns of ‫ ٌاضی‬and ‫ ٌضارع‬which consist of three letters. They are
rarely used in the Qur‟an so its table is not written.
‫ٗى ٍ ي‬
‫ْک يـ‬ ‫ىي‬
‫َک ىـ‬ ‫ؾ‬
‫ٗى ٍد ًص يب‬ ‫ىخ ًص ىب‬ ‫ح‬
An important rule: If any word comes before the (‫ )اىف‬of imperative, at the time of
combining that word (‫ )اىف‬is not read. It is ''silent “and the (‫ )اىف‬does not have a ‫َحنج‬.
For example:
ٍ ‫َص – فىا ٍن ي‬
(So help.)‫َص‬ ٍ ‫اي ٍن ي‬
(And hear (you all)!) ‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا– ىكا ٍش ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬
(O Nuh! Come down.) ‫اًهٍت ً ٍط – ٗىا ُ ٍئ يح اهٍت ً ٍط‬
(O Adam! Inhabit.) ٍَ ‫اي ٍشهي ٍَ – ٗىا ٰ ىد يـ ا ٍشهي‬
138
Lesson – 19 (Part-C)
Exercise
Q.No 1: Complete the table of the following imperative (positive and

negative) verbs.
ٍ ‫اي ٍن ي‬
‫َص‬ ً ٍ ً‫ا‬
‫َض ٍب‬ ‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ ٍؽ‬ ٍ‫ا ً ٍف ىخح‬
Q.No. 2: Translate the following sentences into English

‫فىا ٍؾتي ٍد يق‬
ً‫ہلل ىرخ ًٍ٘ ه‬
‫ىكاٍ ٍؾي يىٍ ٍٔا اى ٌف ا ى‬
‫ىك ىال ىح ٍه ي ي‬
‫ِف ٍكا‬
ً‫ىكا ٍش ىٍ ٍؽ ىلَك ىىـ اہلل‬
‫( ىن ى ى‬He denied) with translation

‫ ىن ى ى‬complete the table of ‫ِف‬
Q.No. 3: Like ‫َص‬
‫فؿو اٌركُهی‬ ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬
He denied ‫ىن ىِف‬
139
Lesson: 20 (Part-A)
Surah Al-Qadr
The mortal age of the previous nations used to be hundreds of years. And the
average age of this nation is sixty years but Allah (SWT) blessed this Ummah with so
many unique blessings. On this very basis, our nation is called ‘the best of nations’.
Lailatul Qadr is one such unique blessing. Allah (SWT) declared that the worship done
on this night will be better than the worship of thousand months. And this night
gained a very lofty position due to the revelation of the Qur’an in it. When just one
night assumed such a high status, so imagine the position/importance of the Qur’an
al Kareem itself.
َّ َ‫ اىؾئذي ةًاہللً ًٌ ى‬، ًًٍ٘ ‫بً ٍص ًً اہللً اى َّر ٍخ ٍٰ ًَ اى َّرخ‬
ًً ٍ٘ ‫اىش ٍ٘ ىعا ًف اى َّر ًج‬
ً‫ف ً ٍی ى ٍى٘ ىي ًث ا ٍى ىل ٍدر‬ ‫اىُ ٍزى ٍى ِٰ يه‬ ‫اًُ َّ ۤا‬

During the night of decree/power (In We sent it Indeed, we
Lailatul qadr)
‫ ىك ٍدر‬Has two meaning: (1)importance, glory We sent this: ‫اىٍُز ى ٍى ىِا يق‬ ‫ا ً َّف‬+‫إَُّا = ا‬
(2) destiny :‫ ى ٍى٘ ىي هث‬night Verb ‫ماضی‬ Indeed
 According to the first meaning, it means that We have revealed the Qur'an on a
night of great & unimaginable importance.
 According to the second meaning, it means that We have sent the Qur’an in the
night in which the decisions of fate are made and destiny is decided. It means
Allah (SWT) hands over the destined affairs of the whole year to the angels.
Then the concerned angels implement them at their appropriate time. As it has
been described in the fourth verse.
 The revelation of the Qur’an in Lailatual Qadr means that Allah (SWT) sent the
entire Qur’an on this night from the preserved tablet of Allah (‫ )لوح محفوظ‬to the
140
sky of this world. Then from there the archangel Jibraeel (A.S) would bring it to
the Prophet Mohammad (PBUH) gradually in 23 years.
 Another meaning is that the Qur’an was first revealed in Lailatul Qadr. The first
revelation of the Qur’an came to earth after sunset in a night of Ramadan.
Therefore, Allah (SWT) gave importance to the month of Ramadan and fasting
is obligatory during Ramadan. As it has been described in the verse no.182 of
Surah Al- Baqarah:
َّ ً‫س ىك ةى ِّی ِٰ وج ٌِّ ىَ ا ٍى يه ٰدم ىك ا ٍى يِفكىا ًفۚ فىٍ ٍَ ىشه ً ىد ًٌ ٍِهي ي‬
ً ‫قٰا يف ه نيدم ِّىي َِّا‬ َّ ‫ىش ٍهري ىر ىٌ ىض ى‬
‫اىش ٍه ىر ىفي ىٍ٘ يص ٍٍ يه‬ ‫ى‬ ٍ ٍ ‫اف اى ًذ ْۤم ايٍُز ً ىؿ ف ًٍ٘هً ا ٍى ي‬
ً‫ىٌا ى ٍى٘ ىي يث ا ٍى ىل ٍدر‬ ‫اى ٍد ٰرىمى‬ ‫ىك ىٌ ۤا‬
What is the night of decree i.e. Lailatul Qadr? Makes you know And what
Allah (SWT) adopted the way of putting forth a question, to describe & stress
the importance and glory of this night. He asks do you know/realise what are the
attributes and glory of this night? He then Himself answers:
‫ٌِّ ٍَ اى ٍى ًف ىش ٍهر و‬ ‫ىخی هٍر‬ ً‫ى ٍى٘ ىي يث ا ٍى ىل ٍدر‬

Than a thousand months Is better The night of decree i.e. Lailatul Qadr
‫اى ٍى ه‬
Thousand‫(ٰا ىال هؼ‬plural): ‫ف‬ ‫( يش يه ه‬plural):‫ىش ٍه هر‬
Month ‫ٔر‬
 It means that the reward of worshipping on this one night is more than that of a
thousand months.
 The Prophet (PBUH) said: “Whosoever stands for worship with belief and
intention of reward in this night, all his previous sins are wiped off (pardoned)”
(Bukhari and Muslim)
 The Prophet (PBUH) said, “Search for Lailatual Qadr on the odd nights of the
last ten days of Ramadan.” It means night of 21th, 23rd, 25th, 27th, 29th.
141
‫ةًاًذٍ ًف ىرةِّه ً ًٍۚ ًٌ ٍَ کيوِّ اى ٌٍر و‬ ‫اىر ٍك يح ف ًٍ٘ ىها‬

ُّ ‫ىك‬ ‫ا ٍى ىٍي ٰٓئ ً ىه يث‬ ‫ىح ىِزَّ يؿ‬
By (the) permission (of) their Lord for And the spirit The angels Descend
every matter. therein
 ‫ ركح‬means ‫ ركح االٌین‬the angel Jibraeel(A.S). Since he is the chief angel, so he has
been mentioned separately.
 On this night the angels descend from the skies to the earth in abundance. The
angels then pray for the people who are busy in worship.
 You can understand this night, by considering the parliament of our country. On
a specified day the Annual Budget is presented in the parliament. And then the
concerned ministries implement it in their respective constituencies over the
period of that year. Likewise, it is a sort of annual convention of angels deputed
upon the administrative affairs of the earth. The angels are then handed over
important judgments and commands to be executed over the period of next year.
The angels then disperse with those judgments and implement them at their
appropriate time.
ً ‫ىخً ّٰی ىٌ ٍع ىي ًؽ ا ٍى ىف ٍجر‬ ‫ھ ً ىی‬ ً‫ىشي ٰ ه‬

Until (the) rise (of) the daybreak (till It (is) Peace
morning)
 Lailatul Qadr (Shabe Qadr) is a night of complete peace and tranquillity.

Throughout the night goodness and blessing descends aplenty.
 The special dua for this night.
‫ف ىؾ َِّا‬
‫اى ّٰي يه ًَّ اًُ نمى ىؾف هٌئ حيد ًُّب ا ٍى ىؿف ىٍٔ فا ٍؾ ي‬
“O Allah! You are forgiving and you love to forgive, so forgive us.”
142
Lesson: 20 (Part- B)
Grammar
In today's lesson, you will learn about the three types of Nouns.
Subjective noun (‫ )اشً فاؾو‬Objective noun (‫ )اشً ٌفؿٔؿ‬Infinitive noun (‫)ٌصدر‬
(1) The subjective noun from three lettered verb takes the form or structure of the
word (‫و‬
‫)فاؾ ً ه‬. It tells of the doer, as in English we say eater, drinker and writer.
Similarly, in Arabic ‫( فىاحًحن‬opener) from ‫ ىف ىخحى‬, ‫اِص‬ ‫( ُ ى ً ه‬helper) from ‫َص‬‫ىن ى ى‬

‫( ىشا ًٌؽه‬hearer/listener) from ‫( ىضار هًب ىشًٍ ىؽ‬hitter) from ‫َض ىب‬.
‫ ى ى‬For plural of (‫)فاؾو‬, suffix
)َٗ or ‫ )كف‬will be added at the end of the Doer/subjective noun.
‫فىاح ً ًدی ٍ ىن‬ ‫فىاح ً يد ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ فىاح هًح‬From

َ‫اِصٍٗ ى‬ ً ‫ُى‬ ‫ُى ً ي‬
‫اِص ٍك ىف‬ ‫ ُ ى ً ه‬From
‫اِص‬
‫ىضارًةًی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ىضارًة ي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ ىضار هًب‬From
‫ىشا ًٌ ًؿی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ىشا ًٌ يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ ىشا ًٌؽه‬From
The Feminine of Doer (‫)اشً فاؾو‬

To make the feminine form of ‫ اشً فاؾو‬is very easy. You have already read that
singular feminine forms are made by adding (‫ )ة‬at the end of a noun and to make
plural feminine forms we add(‫ )ات‬at the end of the noun.
A (female) doer, Many (female) doers. ‫ىفاؾ ً هو– فىاؾ ً ىي هث فىاؾًَل هىت‬
A (female) helper, Many (female) helpers. ‫ات‬
‫اِص ه‬ ‫اِص هة ُ ى ً ى‬
‫اِص– ُ ى ً ى‬
‫ُى ً ه‬
A (female) hearer, Many (female) hearers. ‫ىشا ًٌؽه – ىشا ًٌ ىؿ هث ىشا ًٌ ىؿ ه‬
‫ات‬
A (female) hitter, Many (female) hitters. ‫ ىضارًةى ه‬- ‫ىضار هًب– ىضارًةى هث‬
‫ات‬
143
(2) The objective noun (‫)اشً ٌفؿٔؿ‬: is made from the three-lettered verb it takes the
form or structure of the word (‫ٌفؿٔؿ‬
‫ه‬ ). The noun which is affected by the action of the
doer or on which the work is done is called an objective noun (‫)اشً ٌفؿٔؿ‬.
An Oppressed one ‫ىٌؼٍ يي هٔـ‬ An Oppressor ً‫ػى اى ً ه‬

One who is hit ‫ْض ٍك هب‬
‫ىٌ ٍ ي‬ Hitter ‫ىضار هًب‬
One who has been helped ‫ىٌ ٍِ يص ٍٔ هر‬ Helper ‫ُى ً ه‬
‫اِص‬
Like the Subjective noun (‫)اشً فاؾو‬, we can make the plural of the Objective noun ً‫اش‬
‫ٌفؿٔؿ‬.
Also, we can make the feminine of an objective noun and then the feminine plural
from it. For example:
‫ ىٌ ٍف يؿٔ ىال هت‬، ‫ىٌ ٍف يؿ ٍٔ ىى هث‬ ‫ ىٌ ٍف يؿ ٍٔىًی ىن‬، ‫ىٌ ٍف يؿ ٍٔىي ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىٌ ٍف يؿ ٍٔ هؿ‬
‫ ىٌ ٍفخ ٍئ ىخ ه‬، ‫ىٌ ٍفخ ٍئ ىخ نث‬
‫ات‬ ‫ ىٌ ٍفخ ٍئخ ًی ىن‬، ‫ىٌ ٍفخئ يخ ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىٌ ٍفخ ٍئ هح‬
‫ ىٌؼٍ يي ٍٔ ىٌ ه‬، ‫ىٌؼٍ يي ٍٔ ىٌ هث‬
‫ات‬ ‫ ىٌؼٍ يئ ًٌی ىن‬، ‫ىٌؼٍ يئ يٌ ٍٔ ىف‬ ‫ىٌؼٍ يي ٍٔ هـ‬
In the same way, you can make from other verbs as well.
(3) ‫ ٌصدر‬the infinitive noun/ Name of action is a noun that depicts the root meaning.
For example, in English, you say: To eat, to drink, to come, to go etc.
ٍ ‫ اي ٍن ي‬،‫َص‬
‫ُ ى ً ه‬، ‫َص‬
‫ ىٌ ٍِ يص ٍٔ هر‬، ‫اِص‬ ‫ ىن ى ى‬What is the root meaning of these words? The root
‫ ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬، ‫َص‬
meaning of these words is 'to help'. So, the word that gives such meaning is called
‫ ٌصدر‬in Arabic.
‫ ىن ى ى‬The infinitive noun is ‫َص‬

From ‫َص‬ ‫( ىن ٍ ه‬To help). In the same way other verbs also have
‫ ٌصدر‬for example: the ‫ ٌصدر‬of ‫ ىف ىخحى‬is ‫( ىف ٍخ هح‬to open), the ‫ ٌصدر‬of ‫ ىد ىخ ىو‬is ‫ئؿ‬ ‫( ديخ ه‬to enter),
the ‫ ٌصدر‬of ‫ىِف‬‫ غ ى ى‬is ‫ِف نة‬ ‫( ين ٍ ه‬to deny)
‫( ىٌ ٍغ ً ى‬to forgive) the ‫ٌصدر‬of ‫ ىن ى ىِف‬is ‫ِف‬
 There is no rule to make a ‫ٌصدر‬. They have certain patterns. By which we
recognize them. You will gradually learn them as well In Sha Allah.
144
Complete table
Meaning ‫فؿو اٌركُهى‬ Meaning ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ Meaning ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬

Open (you)! ٍ‫ا ً ٍف ىخح‬ He opens ‫ىی ٍف ىخحي‬ He opened ‫ىف ىخحى‬
Open (you all)! ‫ا ً ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬ They open ‫ىی ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔ ىف‬ They opened ‫ىف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬
Don’t open (you)! ٍ‫ىال ىت ٍف ىخح‬ You open ‫ىت ٍف ىخحي‬ You opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىج‬
Don’t open (you You (all)
‫ىال ىت ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔا‬ You (all) open ‫ىت ٍف ىخ يد ٍٔ ىف‬ ً‫ىف ىخ ٍدخ ٍي‬
all)! opened
An opener ‫فىاح هًح‬ I open ‫اى ٍف ىخ يح‬ I opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد يج‬

The one which is
‫ىٌ ٍفخ ه‬
‫ئح‬ We open ‫ىن ٍف ىخحي‬ We opened ‫ىف ىخ ٍد ىِا‬
opened
To open ‫ىف ٍخ هح‬ She opens ‫ىت ٍف ىخحي‬ She opened ‫ىف ىخ ىد ٍج‬
Meaning ‫فؿو اٌركُهى‬ Meaning ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ Meaning ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬

Help (you)! ٍ ‫اي ٍن ي‬
‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬ He helped ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص‬
Help (you all)! ‫اي ٍن ي ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬ They help ‫َص ٍك ىف‬
‫ىٗ ٍِ ي ي‬ They helped ‫ىن ى ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬
Don’t help (you)! ٍ ‫ىال ىح ٍِ ي‬
‫َص‬ You help ‫ىح ىِ ي ي‬
‫َص‬ You helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
‫َص ىت‬
Don’t help (you all)! ‫ىال ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص ٍكا‬ You (all) help ‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص ٍك ىف‬ You (all) helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
ًٍ ‫َصحي‬
A helper ‫ُى ً ه‬
‫اِص‬ I Help ‫اى ٍن ي ي‬
‫َص‬ I helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
‫َصتي‬
Helped one ‫ىٌ ٍِ يص ٍٔ هر‬ We Help ‫َص‬
‫ُ ى ٍِ ي ي‬ We helped ٍ ‫ىن ى‬
‫َصُىا‬
To help ‫ىن ٍ ه‬
‫َص‬ She Helps ‫ىح ٍِ ي ي‬
‫َص‬ She helped ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص ٍت‬
145
Hit (you)! ‫َض ٍب‬ ً ٍ ً‫ا‬ He hits ‫ْض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬ He hit ‫َض ىب‬
‫ىى‬
‫َضة ي ٍٔا‬ They hit ‫ْضة ي ٍٔ ىف‬
ً ٍ ‫ىی‬ They hit ‫َضة ي ٍٔا‬
‫ىى‬
Don’t hit (you)! ً ٍ ‫ىال ىت‬
‫ْض ٍب‬ You hit ‫ْض يب‬ ً ٍ ‫ىت‬ You hit ‫َضةٍ ىج‬
‫ىى‬
Don’t hit (you all)! ً ٍ ‫ىال ىت‬
‫ْضةئا‬ You (all) hit ً ٍ ‫ىت‬
‫ْضة ي ٍٔ ىف‬ You (all) hit ً‫َضةٍخ ٍي‬
‫ىى‬
One who hits ‫ىضار هًب‬ I hit ‫َض يب‬
ً ٍ ‫اى‬ I hit ‫َضةٍ يج‬
‫ىى‬
The one who is hit ‫ْض ٍك هب‬
‫ىٌ ٍ ي‬ We hit ً ٍ ‫ىن‬
‫ْض يب‬ We hit ‫َضةٍ ىِا‬
‫ىى‬
To hit ‫َض هب‬
ٍ‫ى‬ She hits ً ٍ ‫ىت‬
‫ْض يب‬ She hit ‫َضةى ٍج‬
‫ىى‬
Hear (you)! ‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ ٍؽ‬ He hears ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ He heard ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ‬
Hear (you all)! ‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬ They hear ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬ They heard ‫ىشًٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬
Don’t hear (you)! ‫ىال ىت ٍص ىٍ ٍؽ‬ You hear ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ You heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىج‬
Don’t hear (you all)! ‫ىال ىت ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔا‬ You (all) hear ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؿ ٍٔ ىف‬ You (all) heard ً‫ىشًٍ ٍؿخ ٍي‬
A Hearer ‫ىشا ًٌ هؽ‬ I hear ‫اى ٍش ىٍ يؽ‬ I heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ يج‬
Heard one ‫ىٌ ٍص يٍ ٍٔ هع‬ We hear ‫ىن ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ We heard ‫ىشًٍ ٍؿ ىِا‬
To Hear ‫ىش ٍٍ هؽ‬ She hears ‫ىت ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ She heard ‫ىشًٍ ىؿ ٍج‬
You just read the complete table. Now we will make a short table (Sarf-e-sageer).
One form of each type of verb ‫ اضمرع‬،‫ امیض‬and ‫ ارم‬and the nouns you have read today is written in a
short table.
Ensure that you make six forms of any new verb you learn. This will help you understand the new
verbs easily.
‫‪146‬‬
‫‪Meaning‬‬ ‫‪Short Table‬‬ ‫‪Pattern‬‬

‫ةاب‬
‫‪ Noun‬اشٍا ء‬ ‫‪ Verbs‬افؿاؿ‬
‫‪To do‬‬ ‫ف ًٍؿ هو‬ ‫ىٌ ٍف يؿ ه‬
‫ٔؿ‬ ‫فىاؾ ً هو‬ ‫اًف ىٍؿ ٍو‬ ‫و‬
‫ىیف ىٍؿ ي‬ ‫ف ىىؿ ىو‬ ‫ؼ‬
‫‪To help‬‬ ‫ىن ٍ ه‬
‫َص‬ ‫ىٌ ٍِ يص ٍٔ هر‬ ‫ُى ً ه‬
‫اِص‬ ‫اي ٍن ي ٍ‬
‫َص‬ ‫َص‬
‫ٗى ٍِ ي ي‬ ‫ىن ى ى‬
‫َص‬ ‫ف‬
‫‪To hit‬‬ ‫َض هب‬
‫ىٍ‬ ‫ْض ٍك هب‬
‫ىٌ ٍ ي‬ ‫ىضار هًب‬ ‫اً ٍ ً‬
‫َض ٍب‬ ‫ْض يب‬
‫ىی ٍ ً‬ ‫َض ىب‬
‫ىى‬ ‫ض‬
‫‪To hear‬‬ ‫ىش ٍٍ هؽ‬ ‫ىٌ ٍص يٍ ٍٔ هع‬ ‫ىشا ًٌ هؽ‬ ‫ا ً ٍش ىٍ ٍؽ‬ ‫ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬ ‫ىشًٍ ىؽ‬ ‫س‬
‫‪To worship‬‬ ‫ؾ ىًتا ىد هة‬ ‫ىٌ ٍؿتي ٍٔ هد‬ ‫ىؾاة ً هد‬ ‫اي ٍؾتي ٍد‬ ‫ىی ٍؿتي يد‬ ‫ىؾ ىت ىد‬ ‫ف‬
‫‪To thank‬‬ ‫يش ٍ ه‬
‫ْک‬ ‫ىٌ ٍشهي ٍٔ هر‬ ‫ىش ً ه‬
‫اَک‬ ‫اي ٍش ي ٍ‬
‫ْک‬ ‫ىی ٍش ي ي‬
‫ْک‬ ‫ىش ى ى‬
‫ْک‬ ‫ف‬
‫‪To forgive‬‬ ‫ِف هة‬
‫ىٌ ٍغ ً ى‬ ‫ىٌ ٍغف ٍئ هر‬ ‫غ ًه‬
‫ىاف‬ ‫اًغ ً ٍ‬
‫ٍِف‬ ‫ِف‬
‫ىی ٍغ ً ي‬ ‫ىِف‬
‫غ ىى‬ ‫ض‬
‫‪To question‬‬ ‫اؿ‬
‫يش ىٔ ه‬ ‫يؤؿ‬
‫ىٌ ٍصئ ه‬ ‫ىشائ ً هو‬ ‫ا ً ٍش ىئ ٍو‬ ‫ىی ٍص ىئ يو‬ ‫ىش ىئ ىو‬ ‫ؼ‬
‫‪To have mercy‬‬ ‫ىر ٍخ ىٍ هث‬ ‫ىٌ ٍر يخ ٍٔ هـ‬ ‫ىراخ هًً‬ ‫ا ً ٍر ىخ ًٍ‬ ‫ىٗ ٍر ىخ يً‬ ‫ىرخ ىًً‬ ‫س‬
‫‪To oppress‬‬ ‫يػي هًٍ‬ ‫ىٌؼٍ يي ٍٔ هـ‬ ‫ػى اى هًً‬ ‫اًػٍ ي ً ًٍ‬ ‫ٗىؼي ً يً‬ ‫ػى ي ىىً‬ ‫ض‬
147
Lesson-20 Exercise (Part-C)

Question 1: Complete the following columns with the help of ‫( ٌصدر‬infinitive noun)
Meaning of ‫ٌصدر‬ ‫ٌصدر‬ ‫اشً ٌفؿٔؿ‬ ‫اشً فاؾو‬ ‫فؿو اٌر‬ ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬ Pattern
To raise ‫ىرفٍؿ نا‬ ‫ؼ‬
To deceive ‫ىخ ٍدؾ نا‬ ‫ؼ‬
To prostrate ‫يش يج ٍٔد نا‬ ‫ف‬
To kill ‫ىك ٍخ نَل‬ ‫ف‬
To own ‫ًٌيٍک نا‬ ‫ض‬
To tell a lie ‫ن ًٍذة نا‬ ‫ض‬
To drink ‫َشة نا‬ ٍ‫ي‬ ‫س‬
To bear witness ‫ىش ىها ىد نة‬ ‫س‬
Question 2: Complete the short table of the following verbs.

Meaning of ‫ٌصدر‬ ‫ٌصدر‬ ‫اشً ٌفؿٔؿ‬ ‫اشً فاؾو‬ ‫فؿو اٌر‬ ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ ‫ فؿو ٌاضی‬Pattern
‫ىج ىؿ ىو‬ ‫ؼ‬
‫ىخي ىىق‬ ‫ف‬
‫ىصب ى ىر‬ ‫ض‬
ً‫ىؾي ً ى‬ ‫س‬
Question 3: make the complete Table with ‫ىؾ ىت ىد‬
‫فؿو اٌر كُهى‬ ‫فؿو ٌضارع‬ ‫فؿو ٌاضی‬
‫ت َّمت ِبا ْلخي ْر‬

‫ب اِليْك‬ ْ ‫سبْحانك الل ّهم وبِح ْمدِك ونشْه ُد ا ْن َل اِله اَِل ا ْنت ون‬
ُ ‫ست ْغ ِف ُرك ونت ُ ْو‬ ُ
148
The Quranic Words (Statistics)

You favored َ‫اَ ْٔؼَ ّْذ‬ 26
O! ‫ب‬َٙ ُّ٠َ‫ا‬ 152 One who gone astray َْٓ١ٌِ ‫ضب‬
َ 191 A muslim ٍُِ‫ِ ْع‬ 42
A prophet ِٟ‫َٔج‬ 75 Guide (you)!(imperative) ‫اِ ْ٘ ِد‬ 316 A believer ٓ ِِ ْ‫ِؤ‬ 230
Mercy ‫َزدْ َّخ‬ 114 Indeed ِْ‫ا‬ 3226 A book ‫ِوزَبة‬ 261
Worthy of praise ‫ْد‬١ ِّ‫َد‬ 16 That /indeed َْ‫ا‬ // A polytheist ‫ِ ْش ِسن‬ 168
Full of Glory, Most
‫ْد‬١‫َِ ِج‬ 4 That َْْ‫ا‬ // A man ً‫َزج‬ 73
Glorious
Soul, Self ‫َٔ ْفط‬ 298 He َٛ ٘ 464 An infidel ‫وَبفِس‬ 525
Very much ‫ْس‬١ِ‫َوث‬ 63 Both of them (They both) ‫٘ َّب‬ 2 A boy ‫ٌَد‬َٚ 102
Sins ‫ة‬ْٛ ٔ‫ذ‬ 39 They (all) ُْ ٘ 441 Noble ‫صبٌِخ‬
َ 136
Beautiful ْٓ‫دع‬ 10 You َ‫اَ ْٔذ‬ 79 Allah ‫اَلل‬ 2550
Hard ‫ْد‬٠‫ش ِد‬
َ 39 Both of you (You both) ‫اَ ْٔز َّب‬ 1 Satan َ ١ْ ‫ش‬
ْ‫طب‬ َ 88
Pure َ
‫ِجَخ‬١‫ط‬ 50 You (all) ُْ ‫اَ ْٔز‬ 128 I take refuge ‫ذ‬ْٛ ‫اَػ‬ 7
Trustworthy ْٓ١ َِِ‫ا‬ 17 I ‫أََب‬ 87 Discarded ُْ١‫َز ِج‬ 14
Doors ‫اة‬َْٛ ‫اَث‬ 27 We ٓ ْ‫َٔذ‬ 81 Generous ُْ٠‫و َِس‬ 23
Goodness ‫عَٕخ‬
َ ‫َد‬ 28 The greatest ‫اَ ْوجَس‬ 17 Name ُْ‫اِظ‬ 39
Fire ‫َٔبز‬ 145 The smallest ْ َ‫ا‬
‫صغَس‬ 13 The most merciful ّٓ ْ‫َزد‬ 57
Torment ‫َػرَاة‬ 322 Partner ‫ْه‬٠‫ش َِس‬ 3 The most gracious ُْ١ ِ‫َزد‬ 116
Hereafter ‫آخِ َسح‬ 115 God ٌِٗ‫ا‬ 145 Paradise ‫َجٕخ‬ 201
World ‫َب‬١ْٔ ‫د‬ 115 Besides/ but ‫اِّل‬ 664 Truthful ‫صبدِق‬
َ 155
Alone ‫دْ د‬َٚ 68 Prophet ‫ي‬ْٛ ‫َزظ‬ 332 The praise ‫اَ ٌْ َذ ّْد‬ 43
The one who ask
َْٓ١ِ‫اث‬َٛ‫ر‬ 87 Namaz ‫ص ََلح‬
َ 83 For Allah ِ‫ِلل‬ 149
forgiveness frequently
َ َ‫ِز‬ The one who has been
One who remains pure َْٓ٠‫ ِس‬ِٙ ‫ط‬ 31 ‫ِ َذّد‬ 4 Sustainer/nourisher ‫َزة‬ 971
praised a lot
This (masculine) ‫٘رَا‬ 225 Good/very good ‫ْس‬١‫َخ‬ 176 All worlds َْٓ١ ٌَِّ‫اَ ٌْؼَب‬ 73
This (feminine) ِٖ‫٘ر‬ 47 Sleep ََْٛ ٔ 3 Owner ‫َِبٌِه‬ 3
That masculine) َ‫ذٌِه‬ 391 The earth ‫اَ ّْلَزْ ض‬ 461 Day َْٛ َ٠ 405
That (feminine ) َ‫ر ٍِْه‬ 43 Glory / perfect َْ‫ظ ْج َذب‬ 41 Reward /The system of life ْٓ٠‫ِد‬ 92
Blessed ‫بزن‬
َ َ‫ِج‬ 32 O Allah! ٌٍَُّٰٙ‫ا‬ 5 Only you َ‫بن‬٠ِ‫ا‬ 24
To take precept ‫َزَرَوس‬٠ 18 Supreme ٌَٝ‫رَؼب‬ 18 We seek help ْٓ١‫َٔ ْعزَ ِؼ‬ 11
To ponder over ‫َزَدَثس‬٠ 3 Great ‫َجد‬ 1 Worshipper ‫َػبثِد‬ 277
Indeed/ in fact ْ‫ٌَمَد‬ 406 The raised َ َ‫رَج‬
َ‫بزن‬ 32 Symbol /sign ‫َخ‬٠‫آ‬ 382
Difficulty ‫ػعْس‬ 5 My Lord (My sustainer) ِٟ‫َزث‬ 974 Path ‫ص َساط‬
ِ 45
Reminder/ remember ‫ِذ ْوس‬ 108 Glorious ُْ١ ِ‫ػَظ‬ 107 Straight ُْ١‫ِ ْعزَ ِم‬ 37
We made easy ‫َعسْ َٔب‬٠ 14 Oral prayers ‫بد‬١ ِ‫رَذ‬ Those who َْٓ٠‫اٌَ ِر‬ 1080
Who /the one who َِْٓ 831 Physical prayer ‫اد‬َٛ ٍَ‫ص‬
َ 3 No/not/besides ‫ْس‬١‫َغ‬ 147
َ One who incurred Allah's
To learn َُ ٍ‫رَ َؼ‬ 3 Financial prayer/pure words ‫جَبد‬١ِ ‫ط‬ 46 ‫ة‬ْٛ ‫َِ ْغض‬ 27
wrath
We revealed ‫اَ ْٔصَ ٌَْٕب‬ 55 Peace َ‫ظ ََل‬
َ 42 No ‫َّل‬ 1670
To ask forgiveness ‫اِ ْظزِ ْغفَبز‬ 26 He had loss ‫َخع َِس‬ 65 To teach َُ ٍ‫ػ‬
َ 22
The one who is ever disposed to
‫اة‬َٛ ‫ر‬ 8 He praised َ‫َدِّ د‬ 63 Deeds ‫ا َ ّْلَ ْػ َّبي‬ 41
accept repentance
Increase
215 َ ‫َد ِف‬
Not/what/which ‫َِب‬ He protected ‫ع‬ 44 (you)!(imperativ ‫ِش ْد‬ 62
4
e)
149
So much goodness the tank of
‫ثَس‬َْٛ ‫و‬ 1 He prostrated َ‫ظ َجد‬
َ 92 The one who ْ ‫اٌَ ِر‬
ٜ 304
Al-kausar
Offer Namaz(You)!(imperative) ًِ ‫ص‬
َ 4 Daybreak ‫فٍََك‬ 4 Pen ٍََُ‫ل‬ 4
And offer
‫ا ْٔ َذ ْس‬َٚ 2 Trouble /evil ‫شَس‬ 29 Which َٞ‫ا‬ 59
sacrifice(you)!(imperative)
Enemy ‫شَؤِٔئ‬ 1 Darkness ‫غَبظِك‬ 1 Better ٓ‫ع‬ َ ْ‫اَد‬ 36
Cut off/ defeated ‫ا َ ْثز َْس‬ 1 When ‫اِذَا‬ 442 He did ًَ َ‫فَؼ‬ 108
Night ‫ٍْخ‬١ٌَ 8 When ‫اِ ْذ‬ 239 He opened ‫فَز َ َخ‬ 38
Importance/greatness/Destiny/fa
‫لَدْز‬ 132 It gathered َ ‫ َل‬َٚ
‫ت‬ 1 He heard ‫ظِّ َغ‬
َ 180
te
The women
Thousand ‫ا َ ٌْف‬ 22 ‫َٔفّٰثبد‬ 1 He created َ‫َخٍَك‬ 237
who blows air
Month ‫س‬ْٙ ‫ش‬َ 21 Knots ‫ػ َمد‬ 7 He helped ‫ص َس‬ َ َٔ 80
Angels ‫ٍَِئِىَخ‬ 73 He envied ‫عد‬
َ ‫َد‬ 5 He beat ‫ة‬
َ ‫ض َس‬ َ 58
Descends ‫رََٕصي‬ 31 People ‫إٌَبض‬ 241 He worshipped ‫ػ َج َد‬
َ 277
The spirit, Angel Jibraeel(A.S.) ‫ح‬ْٚ ‫ٌس‬ ُّ َ ‫ا‬ 24 Angel ‫ٍََِه‬ 88 He made ًَ َ‫َجؼ‬ 344
‫ا‬َْٛ ‫ظ‬َٚ He granted
Permission ْ‫اِ ْذ‬ 56 Whisperer 1 َ‫َزشَ ق‬ 123
‫ض‬ sustenance
One who
disappears
All/every ً‫و‬ 356 ‫خَٕبض‬ 1 He questioned ‫ظآ َ َي‬
َ 129
after
appearance
Judgment ‫ا َ ِْس‬ 175 Breasts /chests ‫ز‬ْٚ ‫صد‬ 44 He forgave ‫غف ََس‬
َ 234
ِٛ ‫ ْظ‬َٛ ٠
Until ّٰٝ‫َدز‬ 142 He whispers 5 He ate ًَ ‫أ َ َو‬ 15
‫ض‬
The rising place ْ َِ
‫طٍَغ‬ 19 Jinn ‫ِجٕخ‬ 32 He oppressed َ
َُ ٍَ‫ظ‬ 315
384
From ْٓ ِِ Indeed ْ‫لَد‬ 227 He denied ‫َوف ََس‬ 525
2
With / from ‫ة‬
ِ 512 Era, time ‫صس‬
ْ ‫ػ‬
َ 5 He wrote َ ‫َوز‬
‫َت‬ 319
167 172
In ٝ
ْ ِ‫ف‬ Loss ‫خعْس‬ 60 Say ًْ ‫ل‬
0 2
144
On ٍٝ‫ػ‬
َ They believed ‫ا‬ْٛ َِٕ ‫آ‬ 258 Alone /one ‫ا َ َدد‬ 74
5
They advised Not (negative in
To, towards ٌِٝ‫ا‬ 642 ‫ا‬ْٛ ‫ص‬
َ ‫ا‬ََٛ ‫ر‬ 32 ُْ ٌَ 350
each other past)
Never (negative
From /about ْٓ ‫ػ‬
َ 418 Truth ‫َدك‬ 247 ْٓ ٌَ 105
in future)
129 The human Independent/
For ‫ ِي‬/َ‫ي‬
7 being َ ْٔ ‫ا َ ْ ِّل‬
ْ‫عب‬ 65
Self-sufficient
‫ص َّد‬
َ 1
With ‫َِ َغ‬ 164 He came ‫َجب َء‬ 171 He did not beget ‫ ٍِ ْد‬٠َ ُْ ٌَ 2
139 He was not
He was َْ‫َوب‬ ‫ٌَ ْد‬ْٛ ٠ ُْ ٌَ 102
0 begotten
Reference :- Help ‫صس‬ ْ َٔ 6 Equal /like ‫ا‬ٛ‫وف‬ 10
‫الحاسبة القرآنية‬ You saw َ‫ْذ‬٠‫َزأ‬ 326 He thought ‫ِت‬
َ ‫َدع‬ 109
)Way App: (Quran To come inside ‫ي‬ْٛ ‫دخ‬ 126 He did mercy َُ ِ‫َزد‬ 339
www.corpus.quran.com To go outside ‫ج‬ْٚ ‫خس‬ 182 He knew َُِ ٍ‫ػ‬
َ 804
In
abundance/in a ‫اج‬َٛ ‫ا َ ْف‬ 5 He acted ًَ ِّ‫ػ‬
َ 360
‫المعجم المفهرس‬ great number
Sanctify ْ‫ظجِخ‬
َ 22 He bore witness َ‫د‬ِٙ ‫ش‬
َ 160
150
Tree ‫ش َجس‬
َ 27 Girl / daughter ‫اِ ْثَٕخ‬/‫ِث ْٕذ‬ Miscellaneous Words
Boy ‫ٌَد‬َٚ Way ًْ١‫ظ ِج‬
َ 176 Man ً‫زج‬
Night ًْ١ٌَ 92 Heart ‫لَ ٍْت‬ 20 Earth ‫اَزْ ض‬
Son ْٓ‫اِث‬ 184 Sign, symbol ‫خ‬٠َ ‫آ‬ Home / House ‫ْذ‬١‫ َث‬/‫دَاز‬ 55
Sister ‫ا ْخذ‬ 8 Father ‫اٌِد‬َٚ ,‫اَة‬ 117 Mother ‫ا ٌِدَح‬ٚ/
َ َ‫ا‬
Sky ‫ظ َّبء‬
َ 310 Light ‫ز‬ْٛ ٔ 34 Brother ‫اَر‬ 96
Sun ‫ش َّْط‬ 33 Fire ‫َٔبز‬ Moon ‫لَ َّس‬ 27
Or ْٚ َ‫ا‬ 281 O! ‫َب‬٠ 361 If ْٛ ٌَ 201
Thing ‫ئ‬١َ‫ش‬ 283 Between َْٓ١‫َث‬ 268 What ‫َِبذَا‬ 26
Eye ْٓ١‫َػ‬ 65 Ear ْ‫اذ‬ Face ٗ ْ‫ج‬َٚ 78
Word ,
‫ي‬ْٛ َ‫ل‬ Friend ‫ْك‬٠‫ص ِد‬
َ Nose ‫اَ ْٔف‬ 2
utterance

‎⁨الی القرآنEnglish level-1⁩

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

‎⁨الی القرآنEnglish level-1⁩

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

Name of the book : Towards The Qur‟an

L.N. Lessons P.N L.N. Lessons P.N.

4. C Exercise 11. B Nominal sentence

16-A Surah Al-Asr 19-C Exercise

ً‫ ىی ٍؿ ىي ي‬،‫ ىی ٍص ىٍ يؽ‬، ‫ ىی ٍف ىخحي‬،‫ىیف ىٍؿ يو‬

ً٘‫بصً اہلل اىرخٍَ اىرخ‬

For 23 years, Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) continued to perform the duty of

I pray to Allah, the Exalted, to give me an opportunity of serving the Qur'an

Details of the Course

Lesson No.1 (Part – A)

The aim of this course:

 To explain Arabic grammar thoroughly.

A Muslim must understand the Arabic language for two reasons:

Allah said about His holy book: ‫َک‬

Presenting an example before you to explain the simplicity of the Qur’an:

ٍ ِّ ‫ىر ِّب زً ٍدن ً ٍی ؾًيٍٍ نا۔ ىر ِّب ىی‬

Lesson No. 1 (Part– B)

ً ‫ۡش اى يٍٍؤ ًًٌِی ٍ ىن َّاى ًذٍٗ ىَ ىی ٍؿ ىٍيي ٍٔ ىف ٰاىصَّ اى ً ىدا‬

Lesson No. 1 (Part– C)

Q. 1 Convert the following common nouns to proper nouns.

Q.2. Convert the following proper nouns into common nouns.

1. The day ) ( ‫ب۔ ٗى ٍٔ هـ‬ ) ( ‫ا۔ اى ٍى ى٘ ٍٔ يـ‬

Lesson No. 2 (Part– A)

ًً ٍ٘ ‫اى َّر ًج‬ َّ َ‫ًٌ ى‬

Tasmiyah (‫) ىت ٍصًٍ ى٘ث‬

 Reciting ‫ بصً اہلل‬is the teaching before starting any work.

 Both attributes of Allah are mentioned together.

‫ ة ً ى‬، َ‫ک ى ً ىخهي ٍٔ ىف ًٌ ىَ ا ٍى يٍ ٍِ ًذ رٍٗ ى‬

Lesson No. 2 (Part– B)

Types of Nouns by number:

(1) Singular ‫كاخد‬ (2) Dual ‫حرِ٘ہ‬ (3) Plural ‫جٍؽ‬

ًَ ٍٗ‫ک ى ًاف‬ ًَ ٍٗ /‫ ا ًف‬+

‫ىر يج ىيی ٍ ًن‬ ‫ىر يج ىَل ًف‬ ًَ ٍٗ /‫ ا ًف‬+ ‫ىر يج هو‬

Dual noun with )‫(ال‬

Plural Noun with ‫ال‬

Lesson No. 2 (Part– C)

Q.1 Write the meaning of the following Arabic words in English

Q.2 Write the meaning of the following English words in Arabic

Q.3 Add ‫ ٍك ىف‬, َ‫ ٍٗ ى‬to make plural of the following nouns.

Q.4 Make Dual of the following nouns.

Q.5 Identify the following nouns and fill in the blanks.

Lesson No. 3 (Part– A)

Surah Al-Fatiha (1- 4)

‫ا ٍى ىؿا ىىًٍی ٍ ىن‬ ‫ىر ِّب‬ ‫ِہلِل‬ ‫اى ٍى ىد ٍٍ يد‬

Lord and: ‫رب‬

ًً ًٍ٘ ‫اى َّرخ‬ ًَ ٍٰ ‫اى َّر ٍخ‬

Allah has said: Verily, My mercy overcomes My wrath.

The meaning of َٗ ِّ are

If we face any difficulty/obstacle in worshipping Allah, we are commanded to

‘‘‫اب ذ ي ًَّ أيىق ىًی فًی اى َِّارً ى ىىٍا ا ٍخت ى ىر ىؽ‬

Lesson No.3 (PART – B)

Feminine noun with ‫ال‬

‫‪The rule for making plural from the feminine noun:‬‬

‫جٍؽ ٌؤُد )‪(Plural Feminine‬‬ ‫كاخد ٌؤُد )‪(Singular Feminine‬‬

‫ال ‪Feminine plural with‬‬

So far, we have read Solid plural /ً‫ جٍؽ شاى‬.

The plurals having similar patterns/structure/form are calledً‫ جٍؽ شاى‬.

However, some patterns are given here for your satisfaction:

‫ أى ىشاح ىًذ هة‬،‫ ىٌ ىصا ًج يد‬،‫اؿ‬ ‫ اى ٌٍ ىٔ ه‬،‫ اى ٍز ىك هاج‬،‫ ير يش هو‬،‫ينخ هيب‬

Lesson No. 3 (Part – C)

Q.1 Write the meaning of the following words.

Q.3 Add)‫ ( ال‬to the following feminine nouns.

Q.4 Match the following singular nouns given in Column A with